Sct1375 Technical Spec
Sct1375 Technical Spec
Sct1375 Technical Spec
VOLUME -I I
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
BOOK NO ..
SECTION: 3.2
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01 Rev.A
C-3
Page 1 of 73
OWNER
PMC
JOB NO.
6782
23-01-2007
Rev.
No
Date
Purpose
GANESH
VGOEL
MBL
Prepared by
Checked by
Approved by
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 2 of 73
PART A : STRUCTURAL
PART B : ARCHITECTURE
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 3 of 73
PART A : STRUCTURAL
CONTENTS
1.0
GENERAL
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
6.0
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
7.0
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
ENCLOSURE I
ENCLOSURE II
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 4 of 73
1.0
GENERAL
1.1
The design considerations given hereunder establish the minimum basic requirements
of reinforced cement concrete (RCC) structures, structural steel works and masonry
structures. All structures shall be designed for satisfactory performance and functions
for which the same are to be constructed.
a)
All codes referred in this document pertain to BIS (Bureau of Indian Standards)
publications and bearing the prefix IS.
b)
Whenever any reference to BIS code is made, the same shall be taken as the
latest revision (with all amendments issued there to) on the notified date of
submission of tender.
c)
Apart from the BIS codes mentioned in particular in the various clauses of this
document, all other relevant codes related to the specific job under
consideration and/or referred to in the above-mentioned codes, shall be
followed wherever applicable. Reference to some of the codes in the various
clauses of this document does not limit or restrict the scope of applicability of
other relevant codes.
d)
All designs, detailing and construction shall strictly conform to the enclosed
standards, specifications and Specific Requirements. Only if relevant
information is not available in this document, reference to relevant BIS code
shall be made.
1.2
The Contractor shall do the structural designing of all structures and prepare complete
set of civil and structural drawings needed for correct and accurate construction. The
design shall be strictly in accordance with Design Criteria given herein.
1.3
1.4
Before proceeding with design and drawing preparation the Contractor shall submit
detailed general philosophy of design of various parts of (all) the structures and
equipment foundations along with explanatory sketches for review by Owner/Owners
representative. Only after the review and incorporation of comments on the general
philosophy, as offered during the review, the Contractor shall submit any design
document and/or drawing for review or information or issue the same for construction.
Design and detailing of the structures and foundations shall fulfill all functional
requirements for which the same is intended and it shall be ensured that adequate
accesses, clearances, clearing of interferences, provision of cutouts, etc. have been
provided to make the structure/foundation fully operational.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 5 of 73
1.5
The design and AFC drawings shall strictly adhere to the reviewed design basis and
architectural/structural general arrangement and shall incorporate all the comments/
suggestions given by Owner/Owners representative without any extra cost to the
Owner and any implication of time-schedule for completion of works.
1.6
b)
c)
Detailed design and drawings including input/ output of computer analysis and
design vis--vis actual drawing.
1.8
(i)
(ii)
To facilitate an overall systematic review the Contractor shall submit the design
and drawings for each independent building/structure, together with a copy of
the referenced reviewed input data, in one lot.
Submission of all identified documents including design calculations and drawings for
review and/or information/record to the Owner/Owners representative by the
Contractor shall be in requisite (as mentioned elsewhere) number of prints. To ensure
accuracy, correctness and completeness of documents before submission to
Owner/Owners representative, the Contractor shall ensure that all such submitted
designs and drawings are complete in all respects, thoroughly checked, stamped
APPROVED FOR CONSTRUCTION (AFC), and signed APPROVED by the
Contractor's own responsible Civil/structural graduate (minimum) engineer (irrespective
of the fact that the same are prepared in the Contractor's own design office or by an
approved agency).
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 6 of 73
The accuracy/correctness of all designs and drawings shall be the sole responsibility of
the Contractor and any delay/loss/damage incurred by the Owner in respect of any
mistake/discrepancy/anomaly in such designs and drawings shall be entirely borne by
the Contractor.
1.10
1.11
All revisions shall be clearly marked and clouded for easy identification. Subsequent
review of such revised documents shall be limited to revision as clouded.
1.12
All fabrication/erection drawings and bar bending schedules shall be prepared by the
Contractor and shall be directly issued for construction to his work site. Also, six copies
of such drawings together with design calculations for all splices, joints and gusset
plates shall simultaneously be submitted to Owner/owners representative at site
(Resident Construction Manager) for review. The Owner/owners representative at site
at his discretion may review all or some or none of these designs & drawings.
Wherever such review is carried out the same shall be restricted to the following:
1.13
a)
b)
Section/size of members.
c)
Adequacy of few critical connections and joints for their required strength.
1.14
Soft copies of all input files and the following documentation as hard copy shall be
submitted for computer aided analysis and design:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 7 of 73
and their execution at the site shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor
irrespective of the fact whether the same has been reviewed by Owner/Owners
representative or not. Any defect observed during construction or till the defect
liability period of works' shall be rectified and removed by the Contractor. The
Contractor shall carry out whatever modification or reconstruction is needed for
the purpose, to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge/Owner without
any extra cost and/or time implication to the Owner.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
2.0
Sl. No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
Page 8 of 73
CODES
Code of practice for plain & reinforce concrete
Code of practice for general construction in steel
Code of practice for use of cold-formed light gauge steel
structural members in general building construction
Code of practice for use of structural steel in overhead
transmission line towers
Code of practice for use of steel tubes in general building
construction
Covered electrodes for manual metal arc welding
of carbon and carbon manganese steel
Code of practice for use of metal arc welding for general
construction
Code of practice for design loads
Code of practice for construction of stone masonry
Fillers for expansion joints
Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures
Code of practice for structural use of unreinforced masonry
Recommended practice for hot dipped galvanizing on iron and
steel
Methods for testing uniformity of coating of zinc coated articles
Code of practice for design & construction of raft foundations
Code of practice for design & construction of machine foundations
Code of practice for concrete structures for storage of liquids
Code of practice for design and construction of foundation
for transmission line towers and poles
Code of practice for earthquake resistant design
and construction of buildings
Criteria for blast resistant design of structures for explosions
above ground
Criteria for design of RC bins
Criteria for design of RCC chimneys
Code of practice for anti-termite measures in buildings
Code of practice for design & construction of steel chimney
Method for determination of mass of zinc coating
Chlorpyrifos emulsifiable concentrates
Criteria for design of steel bins for storage of bulk materials
Recommendations for metal arc welding of carbon and carbon
manganese steel
Two parts polysulphide based sealants
Code of practice for ductile detailing of reinforced concrete structures
subjected to seismic forces
Fire Proofing in Oil and Gas Industry
IS: 456
IS: 800
IS: 801
IS: 802
IS: 806
IS: 814
IS: 816
IS: 875
IS: 1597
IS: 1838
IS: 1893
IS: 1905
IS: 2629
IS: 2633
IS: 2950
IS: 2974
IS: 3370
IS: 4091
IS: 4326
IS: 4991
IS: 4995
IS: 4998
IS: 6313
IS: 6533
IS: 6745
IS: 8944
IS: 9178
IS: 9595
IS: 12118
IS: 13920
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
Note
Page 9 of 73
OISD-STD-164
IS: 2911
IS: 1904
IS:6403
IS: 8009(Pt I, II)
IS: 5249
OISD-STD-163
IS:5410
The above list is suggestive and not exhaustive. Apart from these basic codes any
other code referred-to in this document and/or any other related code shall also be
followed wherever required.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
3.0
Page 10 of 73
3.1
DESIGN LOADS
3.1.1
ii.
7.5 kN/m2
7.5 kN/m2
3.0 kN/m2
2.5 kN/m2
Service Platform
Vessel/Tower
Isolated platform
5.0 kN/m2
7.5 kN/m2
iii.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
3.0 kN/m2
5.0 kN/m2
5.0 kN/m2
1.0 kN/ m2
4.0 kN/ m2
3.0 kN/m2
5.0 kN/m2
5.0 kN/m2
3.0 kN/m2
3.0 kN/m2
2.5 kN/m2
3.0 kN/m2
Staircase
Process Building/
Technological Structure
Office
Substation/Control Room
Laboratory
Service platform
ix.
10.0 kN/m2
1.0 kN/m2
Cooling Tower
Operating platform/
Hot water basin cover slab
viii.
Laboratory
Upper floors
vii.
2.5 kN/m2
2.0 kN/m2
Office building
Office area
Lobby
Exit way
Unknown partition
vi.
Substation/Control Room
Panel floor
Unknown partition2
v.
Page 11 of 73
Walkway
Gantry girder
In absence of any suitable provision for live loads for any particular type of floor or
structure as given above (or in BIS Codes), the assumed loading shall be got
approved by the Owner/owner representative.
Live load on various types of roofs shall be as per the requirements given in IS:875.
d. Operating Loads
Operating loads shall include maximum design loads sustained by the equipments
during plant operation.
For definition of unknown partitions refer clause 3.1.2 of IS: 875 (Part 2).
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 12 of 73
e. Wind Loads
Wind loads shall generally be as per IS:875 except for switch yard structures &
transmission towers for which IS:802 shall be applicable.
The basic wind speed of the site is taken as 39
m/s.
The design life span of all structures (units & offsite) shall be taken as 50 years.
Temporary structures shall be designed for a design life span of 25 years. Design
life span for boundary wall/barricading structures shall be 5 years.
To account for surface area of piping, platforms and other attachments fixed to the
equipment the surface area of the equipment (vessel/column) exposed to wind
shall be increased by 20% or as specified in the mechanical data sheet of the
equipment.
f.
Seismic Loads
Seismic forces shall be as per site specific spectra for Mangalore document no.
6782-9-25-54-DB-01.
Bundle Pull
Bundle Pull for different types of Exchanger shall be taken as under:
Fixed type
Kettle type
All other types
Nil
0.30 x Bundle weight
0.86 x Bundle weight or 30N/mm of diameter
whichever is greater
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 13 of 73
resisting lateral pressure of the adjacent soil. If a portion or whole of the adjacent
soil is below free water surface, pressure computations shall be based on the
diminished weight of the soil (due to buoyancy) plus full hydrostatic pressure. Due
allowance shall also be made for possible surcharges from fixed or moving loads.
Uplift on Floors - In the design of basement floors and similar (approximately
horizontal) constructions below grade, the upward pressure of water shall be taken
as full hydrostatic pressure applied over the entire plan area. The hydrostatic head
shall be measured from the underside of construction. The downward load due to
over burdens shall be calculated only for the volume over projected plan area (i.e.,
the volume of overburden beyond projected plan area shall not be considered).
Factors of safety against uplift shall be 1.2.
k. Other Loads
Apart from the specified live loads, any other equipment load or possible
overloading during construction/hydro-test/ maintenance/erection shall also be
considered in the design. Under hydro test condition the wind force shall be taken
as 25% of normal loading.
Design of all structures shall also consider any other relevant and consequential
load/stress imparted to the structure.
All liquid retaining/storage structures shall be designed assuming liquid upto the full
height of wall irrespective of provision of any over flow arrangement. Pressure relief
valves or similar pressure relieving devices shall not be made in underground water
retaining/storage RCC structures. Hot water basin in Cooling tower shall be
designed for the weight of water upto top of parapet wall.
All buildings/structures shall be designed to resist the worst combination of the
above loads.
3.2
3.3
ANTI-TERMITE TREATMENT
No anti-termite treatment shall be provided inside the unit areas.
Offsite and utility buildings shall be provided with anti-termite treatment as per IS: 8944
and IS: 6313.
3.4
FOUNDATIONS
3.4.1
NGL (Natural ground level) and FGL (Finished ground level) shall be marked on all
drawings showing foundation/sub-structure details and related design documents.
3.4.2
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 14 of 73
3.4.3
3.4.4
Machine foundations shall be designed and detailed as per IS: 2974. All appendages
to such foundations shall be reinforced suitably to ensure integral action.
3.4.5
Safe bearing pressure (allowable net safe bearing capacity) shall be based on the
following minimum criteria under Dead Load + Live Load (or with Operating) condition:
-
25mm settlement.
40mm settlement.
Raft Foundations
40mm settlement
For transient loadings viz. with wind/seismic loads, settlement shall not be the
criteria and safe bearing capacity based on shear criteria shall be considered.
3.4.6
Structures supported on RCC strip footings shall be provided with suitable tie beams
connecting all footings at foundation level. Minimum width of footing shall be 1000 mm.
3.4.7
3.4.8
3.4.9
Factors of safety for the design of foundations shall be as per Enclosure-I of this
document.
3.4.10
For the design of foundations for vertical vessels and process columns under hydro
test condition minimum 25% wind load shall be considered acting on the equipment.
3.4.11
Minimum depth of foundation for all structures shall be as per Geo-technical data.
Depth of ground water level shall be as per the Geo-technical data and hydrostatic
pressure shall be adequately accounted for in the design.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
3.5
Page 15 of 73
SNo
1(a)
Sub
Grade
1(b)
2(a)
Strl
Grade
Slab
Earthfill base
compacted to 95% dry
density.
Compacted layer of
boulder soling over
thoroughly compacted
Earth fill (in mm)
Lean concrete 1:5:10
over sand layer (in mm)
II
III
200 THICK
200 THICK
150 THICK
50 THICK
50THICK
50THICK
2(b)
FLOORING TYPE
DESCRIPTION
Finish
Floor finish
Type I:
Type II:
Type III:
As/Architectural
Detail
150 THICK
100 THICK
R/F placed in
two layers at
top & bottom
As/Architectural
Detail
No reinforcement
required.
As/ArchitecturalDetail
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 16 of 73
3.6
3.6.1
General
a)
b)
c) Minimum cement content and the maximum water-cement ratio for concrete in
super structure shall be as given in Table-2.
e)
Unless otherwise specified elsewhere in this document only Limit state method
as per IS: 456 shall be followed in the design.
f)
g)
Cable and pipe trenches shall be provided with precast (300mm wide) covers,
adequately designed for the anticipated traffic movement (Cranes/Hydra etc.).
Trenches of different category of loading shall be clearly identified for design.
The covers shall, however, be designed for a minimum uniformly distributed
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 17 of 73
High strength deformed (HSD) TMT steel bars of minimum grade Fe 415,
conforming to IS:1786 shall be used.
i)
j)
k)
If the specified design depth of ground water table so warrants all underground
pits, tunnels, basements, cable trenches etc. shall be provided with leak-proof
treatment.
l)
m)
n)
RCC pits, tanks etc. for storage of corrosive liquids shall be provided with
suitable anticorrosive treatment.
o)
p)
PVC water bars (230mm wide, 5mm thick) shall be provided at each
construction joint of all liquid retaining structures. Water bars shall be
embedded in the concrete as per manufacturers recommendations. All pipes
embedded in concrete elements shall be provided with welded puddle flange
with 8mm thick plate and diameter as pipe dia + 200mm. Pipes shall be
placed in position prior to concreting. The sequence of construction shall be
clearly shown on the drawing.
q)
The walls and slabs of liquid retaining/storage structures shall be provided with
reinforcement on both faces.
r)
Provision of pressure relief valves or similar pressure relieving devices shall not
be permitted in underground liquid retaining/storage RCC structures.
s)
Primary framing members and/or any other member which remains constantly
in contact with water or enclosed water vapour shall be designed as uncracked
section.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
t)
RCC storage/process tanks located above floor or roof shall not rest directly on
slab/beam but shall have independent supporting structures which in turn shall
rest on (primary or secondary) beams and/or columns.
u)
v)
3.6.2
Page 18 of 73
i)
The structure shall be tested strictly in accordance with IS: 3370 for
water-tightness. The total drop in water surface level shall not exceed
6mm in 24 hours in case of covered reservoirs and 12mm in 24 hours in
case of open reservoirs.
ii)
iii)
3.6.3
150mm
Pile Cap
500mm
Basement
A) Wall
150mm
200mm
300mm
150mm
300mm
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
125mm
Parapet
100mm
Louvres / Fin.
100mm
125mm
150mm
200mm
300mm
Underground Pit
A) walls
B) Base Slab with beams
C) Base slab without beams
150mm
200mm
300mm
3.6.4
Page 19 of 73
3.6.5
i)
Clear distance from the edge of the base plate/base frame to the outer edge
of the pedestal shall be minimum 50mm.
ii)
Clear distance from the face of pocket to the outer edge of the pedestal shall be
75mm.
iii)
Clear distance from the edge of the sleeve or anchor plate to the edge of
pedestal shall be 75mm.
3.6.6
Concrete Mix
a) Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC)
Unless otherwise noted, reinforced concrete conforming to IS: 456 shall be used
using 20mm and down size graded crushed stone aggregate.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 20 of 73
b) Lean Concrete
Mud mat of minimum 75mm thickness of lean concrete mix 1:5:10 (by weight, using
40mm and down size grade crushed stone aggregate) shall be provided under all
RCC foundations except under base slabs of liquid retaining structures for which
the mix shall be 1:3:6 (by weight) and minimum thickness of mud mat shall be
100mm. Mud mat shall extend 75mm on all sides beyond the edges of base slabs
in case of liquid retaining/storage structures and 50mm in case of other
foundations. The exposed surface of mud mat layer in case of liquid
retaining/storage structure shall be finished smooth.
Lean concrete of grade1:5:10 (by weight) shall be used as filler material wherever
loose sub grade exists by removing the loose soil/fill.
c) Plain Cement Concrete (PCC)
Plain cement concrete mud mat of grade M20 (by weight) of minimum 150mm
thickness (using 40mm and down size graded crushed stone aggregate) shall be
provided under all masonry wall foundations.
Plain cement concrete of grade M 20 (by weight) of minimum 40mm thickness
(using 10mm & down size graded aggregates) shall be provided as damp proof
course at plinth level of all masonry walls.
Making-up of levels for placing the foundation at a shallower depth from the
NGL/FGL (from that as specified in the Geo-technical recommendations) by
means of filling of lean concrete is not acceptable.
3.6.7
3.6.8
Movement Joints
Expansion and/or separation joints in non-suspended ground floor slab shall be filled
with sand for the full depth of slab except the top 12mm which shall be filled up with
approved two part liquid polysulphide sealing compound conforming to IS: 12118.
Joints in basement slabs shall be made leak proof by providing PVC water stops.
Joints in the super-structure shall be provided by means of gap between two
consecutive structural members. The gap shall be based on the design requirements
and shall be treated to a minimum as under:
a)
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 21 of 73
b)
c)
For all liquid retaining structures expansion joints shall be filled up with nonabsorbent compressible sheet/bitumen impregnated fibre board (as per
IS:1838) except the top 12mm depth on the water faces which shall be filled
with two part liquid polysulphide sealant (as per IS:12118). In case of
contraction and/or construction joints, such polysulphide sealant shall be used
for 12mm depth on the water faces after forming suitable grooves in concrete.
PVC water bars 230x5mm thick shall be invariably used at suitable location in
all types of joints in liquid retaining structures.
3.7
3.7.1
General
Structural steel work shall include the following structures in general, but not limited to:
-
Design, fabrication and erection of the above works shall be carried out in accordance
with the referenced BIS Codes in general and other relevant BIS codes as applicable
to the specific structure.
Basic consideration of structural frame work shall primarily be stability, ease of
fabrication/erection and overall economy satisfying relevant Indian Standard Codes of
Practice. Simple and fully rigid design as per IS:800 shall be used. Where fully rigid
joints are adopted they shall generally be confined to the major axis of the column
member.
Structural elements continuously exposed to temperatures above 2000 C shall be
designed for reduced stress as per Table 4 of IS:6533 (Part 2). The expected
temperature of steel components shall not be allowed to exceed 4000 C.
Where required by OISD-STD-164 and UL-1709 norms structural steel members shall
be fire-proofed by Vermiculite based material. Vermiculite thickness shall be 28mm
generally, however it shall suitable for 2 hours fire rating with maximum temperature of
steel as 550 C.
Crane gantry girders shall generally be of welded construction and of single span
length. Chequered plate shall be used for gantry girder walkway flooring.
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 22 of 73
Steel staircases shall have channels provided as stringers with minimum clear width of
750mm and slope of 41 degree. The vertical height between successive landings shall
not be less than 2.6 m nor exceed 4.0 metres. Treads shall be minimum 230mm wide
made of grating (with suitable nosing) spaced equally so as to restrict the rise to
maximum 200mm.
Handrails, 1000mm high, shall be provided to all walkways, platforms, staircases. Toe
plate (100mmx5mm) shall be provided for all handrailing (except for staircases).
Spacing of uprights shall be 1500mm (maximum). Two types of handrailing shall be
provided.
a)
b)
Steel Grade
Structural steel shall be of yield stress of 250 MPa conforming to grade A of IS:2062.
Tubular steel shall conform to Yst 240 of IS:1161.
3.7.3
Permissible Stresses
-
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
3.7.4
Page 23 of 73
Limiting Deflection
a) The limiting permissible vertical deflection for structural steel members shall be as
specified below:
L/750
L/1000
L/500
L/450
Grating/Chequered plate
L/200 or 6mm
whichever is
minimum.
L/200
As specified in
relevant BIS
Codes
deflection
for
multi
storeyed
steel
Design Criteria
i)
ii)
iii)
Crane gantry girders shall be of welded construction and of single span length.
Splicing in the girder shall not be permitted. Chequered plate shall be used for
gantry girder walkway flooring.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 24 of 73
iv)
All steel staircases shall have channels (minimum size MC150) provided as
stringers with minimum clear width of 750mm and slope of 41 degrees. The
vertical height between successive landings shall not exceed 4.0 metres.
Treads shall be minimum 230mm wide made of grating (with suitable nosing)
spaced equally so as to restrict the rise to maximum 200mm.
v)
Ladders shall be provided with safety cages when the top of the ladder is more
than 4.5m above the landing level. Safety cages shall start 2.5 metres above
the lower landing level. Ladders shall be of 450mm clear width with 20mm
diameter MS rungs spaced at 300mm (maximum). Ladders shall preferably be
placed vertical. In no case shall the angle with the vertical exceed five degrees
(bottom of the ladder to be farther from the top to provide a positive slope).
vi)
b)
vii)
Floor gratings shall be fabricated from mild steel and shall be minimum 25mm
thick. These shall either conform to type-II or III (based on application) of EIL
standard 7-68-0561 or could be made from electro-forging process. If EIL
standard is not adopted, the maximum size of voids in the grating shall be
limited to 30x55mm. Deflection shall not be more than 6mm or span/200, which
ever is lower. Floor gratings shall be hot dip galvanised in accordance with
IS:2629 and tested as per IS:2633 and IS:6745. Quantity of zinc coating shall
2
be minimum 900 g/m of surface area (0.12mm uniform thickness).
It shall be mandatory that a prototype of the grating fulfilling the following is
demonstrated satisfactorily to the Owner/owners site representative prior to
placement of bulk order(s):
a)
b)
c)
the projection of secondary member above the main member is not more
than 1.5mm.
d)
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
viii)
ix)
Page 25 of 73
e)
the joints are able to sustain a minimum pull out load of 1.2 times the
allowable shear capacity of the secondary member.
f)
x)
xi)
xii)
Gusset plates of different thicknesses shall not be used in the same truss or
girders. Gusset plates for all bracing shall be of same thickness as that used for
truss/girders unless a higher thickness is required by design.
xiii)
3.7.6
Minimum Thickness
3.7.6.1
The minimum thickness of various structural components (Hot rolled sections) shall be
as given:
a)
General Construction
Trusses, purlins, side girts & bracings
6mm
Columns, beams
7mm
8mm
ii)
10mm
Stiffeners
8mm
Base plates
10mm
Chequered plate
Grating
3mm
Insert plates
12mm
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 26 of 73
Switchyard Structures
The minimum thickness of various structural components shall be as per
IS:802.
Note: The minimum thickness for rolled beams and channels shall be the mean
flange thickness regardless of the web thickness.
3.7.6.2
3.7.6.3
3.7.7
3.7.7.1
All electrical switch yard structures shall be of structural steel and designed on the
basis of IS:802. All structural connections shall be with bolts.
3.7.7.2
Structural steel members including bolts, nuts and washers shall be hot dip galvanized
in accordance with relevant BIS Codes. The zinc coating on tower members shall not
2
be less than 900g/m of the surface area.
3.8
3.8.1
General
All masonry works shall be designed in accordance with the latest revision of
referenced BIS Codes in general and other relevant IS codes as applicable to the
specific structure.
3.8.2
Cement Mortar
All masonry work shall be constructed in cement sand mortar 1:5 for load bearing walls
and 1:6 cement sand mortar for non-load bearing walls except half brick partition walls
which shall be constructed in 1:4 cement sand mortar with two numbers of 6mm
diameter MS bars provided at every fourth course properly anchored with cross walls
or pillars.
3.8.3
Fire Walls
All masonry fire walls shall be of minimum 345mm thickness.
4.0
4.1
PIPE RACK
For designing the pipe rack superstructure and foundation the following loads shall be
considered.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 27 of 73
Vertical Loading
At each tier a uniformly distributed load (udl) shall be placed. The magnitude of this udl
per unit length of the span shall be calculated as per the gross actual loading from
pipes at that tier level, including the actual weight of empty pipe, the weight of content
and insulation, if any, divided by the actual extent of the span covered by these pipes.
3
A minimum density as 2600N/m shall be considered for insulation. The material
content shall be taken as one-third volume of pipe filled with water for gas/steam
2
carrying pipes. The minimum loading for any tier shall not be less than 1.25kN/m . If
2
the calculated loading is higher than 1.25kN/m , this shall be rounded off to the next
2
higher multiple of 0.25 (ie 1.50, 1.75, 2.0kN/m ). This udl shall be assumed to be
spread over the entire span.
Vertical loads of flare pipes shall be taken as one-third full of water for Process Unit
piping and one-sixth full for Off site piping.
Friction Force (Longitudinal & Transverse)
Where the pipes are of similar diameter and service conditions, the friction force at
each tier on every portal both in longitudinal and transverse directions shall be 10% of
the design vertical loading of the pipes for four or more pipes supported on a tier, and
30% of the design vertical loading of the pipes for single to three pipes supported on a
tier. Longitudinal friction force shall be considered as uniformly distributed over the
entire span of the beam at each tier and transverse friction force shall be considered
as a concentrated load at each tier level. Friction force on T-supports and trestles shall
be taken as 30% of the vertical loading in longitudinal direction and 10% of vertical
loading in transverse direction, both acting simultaneously, and/or vice versa.
For two-phase fluid flow/transfer lines the frictional force shall be minimum 50% of the
weight of pipe including contents and insulation, acting simultaneously in transverse
and longitudinal directions.
Anchor and Guide Force (Thermal load)
a)
b)
Longitudinal
Transverse
Live Load
Live loads on pipe rack platforms are imposed loads such as personnel loads, tools
and tackles loads etc. Live loads on pipe rack platforms shall be 300 Kg/m2.
Wind Force
Transverse wind loading shall be calculated depending on the width of the Pipe Rack
as follows:
a) Basic wind pressure shall be considered as per IS: 875.
b) To calculate wind load in transverse direction of piperack, a projected height of
1.25m/1.5m/2.0m shall be considered on all tiers irrespective of height between two
tiers of rack widths of 4m/6m/8m and 10m respectively. For piperacks of widths
greater than 10m, the above projected height shall be taken as 0.8[diameter of
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 28 of 73
largest pipe including insulation (m)] + tan 10[width of rack (m)]. However, this
shall not exceed the height between consecutive tiers.
c) For flare header or any other line supported on extended leg of piperack, the wind
force shall be considered separately.
Loading on Longitudinal Beams
Unless otherwise required from pipe support loadings, the longitudinal beams
connecting portal columns shall be sufficiently strong to sustain a minimum of 25% of
the load on transverse beams. This total load shall be placed as two equal
concentrated loads acting at 1/3 rd span. This load shall be in addition to the piping
loads transferred from the intermediate beams. Other longitudinal axial forces coming
on it from the design of the supporting system shall also be simultaneously taken into
account in the design of the longitudinal beam. Friction & Anchor Forces as per piping
requirements shall also be considered in the design. If beams support monorails, all
such loads shall also be considered to be acting simultaneously along with other loads
mentioned above.
Cable Tray and Walkway Loads
The estimated actual load from electrical, instrumentation trays shall be considered at
the specified locations, together with walkways, if provided.
Earthquake Force
Seismic forces shall be based on IS:1893 (Latest Revision) considering site spectrum.
(Site spectra will be provided later). The important factor shall be taken as 1.5.
Equipment Loads
Equipment loads of surge drums, deaerators, silencers, etc. when supported on pipe
rack shall be considered on actual load basis derived from the data sheets for the
design of foundation and super structure.
Maintenance Loads
Maintenance loads such as loads due to the use of monorail, davit etc. shall be
considered in design only on specific requirement furnished by the user group.
Snow Load
Snow loads wherever applicable shall be as per IS:875.
4.2
4.3
MACHINE FOUNDATIONS
Machine foundations shall satisfy the following requirements:
a)
The minimum grade of concrete to be used shall be as per clause 3.2 & 3.6.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 29 of 73
b)
c)
All units of the foundation system, except foundation raft shall be provided with
symmetric reinforcement on opposite faces, even if not required by design
considerations.
d)
The soil stress below foundations under dead loads shall not exceed 80% of
the allowable soil bearing capacity, or safe load on pile, for static loading.
e)
The combined center of gravity of the machine and foundation system shall, as
far as possible, pass through the center of area of the foundation raft or
centroid of the pile group. Where unavoidable, eccentricity shall be less than
5% for block foundations and 3% for frame foundations.
f)
Natural frequency of the foundation shall preferably be + 20% away from the
above-mentioned frequencies. However, amplitudes of vibration of the
foundation block shall always be checked to be within permissible limits.
g)
h)
i)
j)
k)
For frame foundations, base raft shall be cast in a single concreting operation.
A properly designed construction joint shall be provided between the base slab
and columns. The entire superstructure of columns and upper deck shall be
cast in a continuous concreting operation.
l)
If height of the frame columns above raft level exceeds 8.0m, an additional
construction joint at the junction of columns/top-deck may be provided.
m)
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
4.4
The structure shall be designed on shear wall concept with roof acting as a
diaphragm that transfers the transverse loads to the side shear walls and
columns in proportion to their stiffness. Internal partitions and division walls
shall not be designed as shear walls.
b)
Thickness of reinforced concrete walls shall be 230mm (to meet the criteria of
Tariff Advisory Committee).
c)
RCC wall shall be taken up to 1.5m below FGL or up to top of footing whichever
is shallower, maintaining the wall thickness and R/F same as in superstructure.
d)
e)
Minimum R/F in wall in each face shall be 1% (as total % in both directions) of
gross cross sectional area as calculated from structural design considerations.
The maximum R/F in each face however shall not exceed 2%.
f)
Roof slab shall be doubly reinforced. Minimum R/F on top and bottom shall be
1% of gross cross sectional area (as total % in both directions).
g)
Maximum spacing of bars in walls and roof slab shall not exceed 150mm c/c.
Minimum bar diameter shall be 12mm.
h)
i)
4.5
Page 30 of 73
(ii)
1.2 (Dead load + Blast load)
for shear considerations
For blast load combinations the design bearing pressure of soil shall not
exceed twice the allowable static bearing pressure of soil. For piles under blast
conditions, the permissible increase shall be one-and-a-half times the allowable
capacity of pile in horizontal and vertical (compression and uplift) directions.
TANK FOUNDATIONS
Storage tanks up to 10.0 metres diameter, shall be supported on ring wall type of
foundations.
4.6
4.6.1
Design loads
Horizontal force not less than 50% of the pipe weight (empty and contents) shall be
considered, acting simultaneously in two orthogonal directions (along the pipe and
across it) at that support.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 31 of 73
4.6.2
4.6.2.1
Pipe racks supporting two phase flow lines above 6" diameter shall have all portals and
longitudinal beams encased in structural grade concrete. Encasing shall be in all
shapes (excluding profile shapes) with a minimum 50mm cover over the largest
dimension of the steel section. Minimum reinforcing steel as shrinkage/temperature
reinforcement shall be provided as welded wire fabric conforming to IS:1566 with mesh
size of 50mm x 50mm and wire thickness 3mm.
4.6.2.2
Between all successive portals supporting such lines, plan bracings shall be provided.
These shall be provided at least at their supporting elevation (bottom level in case of a
line with spring hangers). Longitudinal bays connecting portals shall be braced
vertically, from supporting level downwards, at least in one bay.
4.6.2.3
If the level difference between two phase fluid piping support and normal pipe
supporting tier of pipe rack is 3 metres or more, additional vertical bracing shall be
provided above the pipe rack level in all such transverse frames.
4.6.3
Isolated trestles
Vertical bracing shall be provided on all faces and horizontal bracing at least at pipe
support level. All members including bracing shall be encased in concrete for the entire
height of the trestles and the fundamental frequency of the structure shall be isolated
from the most critical range which is 4 to7 Hz. The weight of pipe shall not be
considered for dynamic analysis. Encasing details shall be same as mentioned in
clause 4.6.2.1.
4.6.4
4.6.5
Permissible stresses
No increase in permissible stresses shall be allowed except in load combination with
wind and seismic, as permitted by IS codes.
4.6.6
Permissible deflections
The deflection at the top of the structure, with all the horizontal forces acting together,
shall be limited to 25mm or height/325, whichever is less.
4.7
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 32 of 73
MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
5.1
General
5.1.1
5.2
Water
5.2.1
Water used in construction for all civil & structural works shall be clean and free from
injurious amounts of oil, acids, alkalies, organic matters or other harmful substances
which may be deleterious to concrete, masonry or steel. The pH value of water
sample shall be not less than 6. Potable water will be considered satisfactory. All
requirements of IS:456, have to be met.
5.2.2
Tests on water samples shall be carried out in accordance with IS:3025 and these
shall fulfill all the guidelines and requirements given in IS:456.
5.2.3
Water for curing shall be of the same quality as used for concreting and masonry
works.
5.3
5.3.1
General
-
Coarse and fine aggregates for Civil and Structural Works shall conform in all
respects to IS:383 (Specification for coarse and fine aggregates from natural
sources for concrete). Aggregates shall be obtained from an approved source
known to produce the same satisfactorily. Aggregates shall consist of naturally
occurring (crushed or uncrushed) stones, gravel and sand or a combination
thereof. These shall be chemically inert, hard, strong, dense durable, clean and
free from veins, adherent coatings, injurious amounts of alkalies, vegetable
matter and other deleterious substances such as iron pyrites, coal, lignite, mica,
shale, sea shells etc.
Aggregates which may chemically react with alkalies of cement or might cause
corrosion of the reinforcement shall not be used.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
5.3.2
5.3.3
5.3.4
Page 33 of 73
Coarse Aggregates
-
These may be obtained from crushed or uncrushed gravel or stone and may be
supplied as single sized or graded. The grading of the aggregates shall be as
per IS:383 or as required by the mix design, to obtain densest possible
concrete.
Fine Aggregates
-
Fine aggregates are the aggregates which pass through 4.75mm IS sieve but
not more than ten percent (10%) pass through 150 micron IS sieve. These shall
comply with the requirements of grading zones I, II and III of IS:383. Fine
aggregates conforming to grade zone IV shall not be used for reinforced
concrete works.
5.3.5
Storage of Aggregates
-
Storage of all types of aggregates at the site of work shall be as specified in IS:
4082. Aggregates shall in no case be stored near excavated earth or directly
over ground surface.
Fine aggregates delivered at the site in wet condition or becoming wet due to
rain or any other means, shall not be used for at least 24 hours. For the use of
such aggregates the contractor shall adjust the water content in accordance
with IS:2386 to achieve the desired mix.
5.4
5.4.1
The sand shall consist of natural sand, crushed stone sand or crushed gravel
sand or a combination of any of these. The sand shall be hard, durable, clean
and free from adherent coatings and organic matter and shall not contain the
amount of clay, silt and fine dust more than specified in IS:2116
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
5.4.2
Page 34 of 73
The sand shall not contain any harmful impurities such as iron pyrites, alkalis,
salts, coal or other organic impurities, mica, shale or similar laminated
materials, soft fragments, sea shells in such form or in such quantities as to
affect adversely the hardening, strength or durability of the mortar.
The maximum quantities of clay, fine silt, fine dust and organic impurities in the
sand, when tested in accordance with IS:2386, shall not be more than 5% by
mass in natural sand, or crushed gravel sand or crushed stone sand. For
organic impurities, when determined in accordance with IS:2386, colour of the
liquid shall be lighter than that indicated by the standard solution specified in
IS:2386.
Grading of Sand
The particle size grading of sand for use in mortars shall be within the limits as
specified below:
Grading Of Sand For Use In Masonry Mortars
IS Sieve Designation IS:460
(Part I)
4.75 mm
2.36 mm
1.18 mm
600microns
300 microns
150 microns
Percentage Passing
By Mass
100
90 to 100
70 to 100
40 to 100
5 to 70
5 to 15
Reference To Method
IS:2386 (Part-I)
In case of sand whose grading falls outside the specified limits due to excess or
deficiency of coarse or fine particles, this shall be processed to comply with the
standard by screening through a suitably sized sieve and/or blending with required
quantities of suitable sizes of natural sand particles or crushed stone screening which
are by themselves unsuitable. The various sizes of particles of which the sand is
composed shall be uniformly distributed throughout the mass.
5.4.3
5.4.4
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
5.5
Page 35 of 73
Cement
3
Unless otherwise specifically called for, cement for RCC and PCC/lean concrete
works shall be one of the following:
33 grade ordinary or low heat Portland cement
IS:269
IS:8112
IS:455
IS:1489 (Part-1)
IS:1489 (Part-2)
IS:12330
IS:6452
For masonry applications the use of Masonry cement (conforming to IS:3466) can be
made.
5.6
Steel
5.6.1
General
All steel bars, sections, plates, and other miscellaneous steel materials, etc. shall be
free from loose mill scales, rust as well as oil, mud, paint or other coatings. The
materials, construction specifications such as dimensions, shape, weight, tolerances,
testing etc, for all materials covered under this section, shall conform to respective BIS
codes.
5.6.2
Reinforcement Bars
High strength deformed (HSD) TMT steel bars of minimum grade Fe 415, conforming
to IS:1786 shall be used.
5.6.3
Structural Steel
Structural steel sections shall conform to following BIS codes:
Steel tubes for structural purposes
IS:1161
IS:1239
IS:2062
IS:4923
3
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
The type of cement selected shall be appropriate for the intended use.
Copyright EIL - All rights reserved
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
5.6.4
Page 36 of 73
5.6.5
IS:412
IS:432
IS:1363
IS:811
IS:1367
Plain washers
IS:2016
IS:2266
IS:2315
Bulldog grips.
IS:2361
IS:1239
IS:2485
IS:3502
IS:3138
Anchor Bolts
Material for Anchor Bolts such as MS bars, washers, nuts, pipe sleeves and plates etc.
shall be as per relevant BIS codes mentioned above under Clauses 5.6.4.
5.7
Brick
5.7.1
General
Bricks for masonry works shall conform to IS:1077 - Specification for common burnt
clay building bricks and shall be variety of class 5.0 (with minimum compressive
2
strength of 5.0 N/mm ). Physical requirements, quality, dimensions, tolerances etc. of
common burnt clay building bricks shall conform to the requirements of IS:1077.
Bricks shall be hand-moulded or machine-moulded and shall be made from suitable
soils. The bricks shall have smooth rectangular faces with sharp corners and shall be
well burnt, sound, hard, tough and uniform in colour. These shall be free from cracks,
chips, flaws, stone or humps of any kind.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 37 of 73
Testing of the bricks shall be done as per IS:5454 and IS:3495. Water absorption shall
not be more than 20% by its dry weight when soaked in cold water for 24 hours.
Locally available bricks of non modular size (230x115x75mm) in place of bricks of
modular size (190x90x90mm) can be used in case the bricks satisfy the other
requirements of IS:1077 (corresponding class as defined above).
5.8
Stone
5.8.1
General
All Stones used for masonry works shall conform to the requirements of following BIS
codes.
5.8.2
IS:1123
IS:1127
IS:1129
Quality of Stones
Stones shall be hard, dense, strong, sound, durable, clean and uniform in colour. They
shall also be free from veins, adherent coatings, injurious amounts of alkalies,
vegetable matters and other deleterious substances such as iron pyrites, coal, lignite,
mica, sea shells etc. As far as possible stones from one single quarry shall be used for
anyone work. The strength of stones should be adequate to carry the imposed load
and shall meet all the requirements of IS:1905, taking into account the appropriate
crushing strength of stone and type of the mortar used. The percentage of water
absorption, when tested in accordance with IS:1124, shall not exceed 5 percent.
The length of the stone shall not exceed 3 times the height. Width of stone on base
shall not be less than 150mm and in no case exceed 3/4 th thickness of the wall.
Height of the stone shall not be more than 300mm.
5.9
Admixtures
5.9.1
All concrete admixtures shall comply with the following Indian standards:
Specification for integral cement water proofing compounds.
IS:2645
IS:9103
No admixture shall impair the durability of the concrete nor combine with the
ingredients to form harmful compounds nor increase the risk of corrosion of
reinforcement. Use of admixtures shall not reduce the dry density of concrete.
Once the proportion of admixtures have been established, strict check shall be
maintained not to alter the proportions of ingredients and water-cement ratio of
the Design Mix during execution.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
5.9.2
Page 38 of 73
The permeability of the specimen with the admixture shall be less than half of
the permeability with a similar specimen without the use of these compounds.
These compounds shall be used in such proportion as recommended by
manufacturer but in no case it shall exceed 3% by weight of cement.
The initial setting time of the cement with the use of these compounds shall not
be less than 30 minutes and final setting time shall not be more than 10 hours.
Tests shall be carried out in accordance with IS:4031.
5.10
5.10.1
PVC water bars shall be used in reinforced concrete construction of liquid retaining
structures or any other structure to safeguard them from hydrostatic pressure and
water leakage and any relative movement between two parts of the structure due to
thermal loading shrinkage or differential movement of foundations. These shall be
preformed and shall provide a permanent water tight seal along the entire joint in the
poured concrete structures. These shall also be flexible enough to withstand deflection/
displacements at joints arising due to variation of temperatures or settlement of
foundations.
5.10.2
Performance requirements of PVC water bars shall meet the requirements of IS:12200.
These shall be of an approved make and of ribbed/serrated/plane type with a bulb at
the centre. The thickness and width of water bars shall in no case be less than 5mm
and 150mm respectively. However, for concrete sections greater than 300mm thick,
the width of water bars shall not be less than 230mm.
5.11
Bitumen/bituminous Materials
Bitumen to be used for various types of work shall meet all the requirements of
relevant BIS codes as given below:
Specification of Paving Bitumen.
IS:73
IS:1195
Specification for Bitumen felts for water proofing and damp proofing. IS:1322
Specification for Bituminous compounds for water proofing
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 39 of 73
IS:1834
IS:1838
IS:3037
IS:3384
IS:5871
Specification for Glass fibre base coal tar pitch & bitumen felts
IS:7193
IS:7198
IS:8374
PVC Pipes
PVC Pipes shall conform to the requirements of IS:4985.
5.13
Wood/timber
5.13.1
Wood recommended for platforms of cold vessels or below cold vessels/ exchangers
shall be hard and shall be of group A, grade I, and shall have safe permissible stress of
2
7N/mm in compression, perpendicular to grains on outside location as per IS:883.
General characteristics like durability, treatability etc. shall conform to IS:883 and
IS:3629.
5.13.2
Timber required to be used for form work shall be fairly dry before use. It should
maintain its shape during the use and even when it comes into contact with moisture
from the concrete. Storage of Wood/Timber shall be as per the requirements of
IS:4082.
For proper identification and selection of suitable timber for form work, following codes
shall be referred.
Classification of commercial timbers and their zonal distribution
IS:399
IS:3337
IS:4990
5.14
Anti-termite Compounds
5.14.1
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 40 of 73
5.15
Polysulphide Sealants
5.15.1
All Polysulphide Sealants shall conform to IS:12118. Test conditions and requirements
shall be as given in the above referred BIS code.
6.0
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
6.1
Construction
6.1.1
All concrete works shall be carried out as per the provisions of IS:456, IS:3370,
IS:2974 and other relevant BIS Codes. Concrete mix proportioning and design mix;
sampling and strength test of concrete, production and control of concrete, tolerances
and placing of reinforcement and for cover; transporting, placing, compacting and
curing etc, inspection and testing of structure (including requirement of non-destructive
testing) shall be as specified in IS:456.
6.1.2
6.1.3
The damp proof course shall be laid in two layers of equal thickness and each layer
given two coats of hot bitumen on top (grade A90/S90 conforming to IS:73) at the rate
of 1.7 kg/m2. Dry sharp sand shall be sprinkled evenly over the top layer of bitumen
before hardening.
6.1.4
Form work and stripping of form work shall be as per the provisions of IS:456.
6.1.5
6.1.6
Fabrication of all structural steel works shall be carried out as per the provisions of
IS:800/801/802/806 and other relevant BIS codes. Fabrication shall include cleaning,
straightening, cutting, bending, holding, bolting, welding, machining, painting, marking,
assembling, erecting, inspecting and testing etc. Welding procedure and welder
qualification shall be as per IS:800 and/or referenced BIS codes only.
6.1.7
Erection of all structural steel works including supply of plant & equipment, storing and
handling, setting out, field connections, field welding and security during erection shall
conform to IS:800/801/802/806.
6.1.8
All masonry works shall be carried out as per the provisions of IS:1597/2212/4326 and
other relevant BIS codes.
6.1.9
The limits of dimensional tolerances for all works shall be as given below:
For Plain and Reinforced Cement Concrete Structures:
(a)
(b)
(i)
Dimensions in plan
- 6mm to +12mm
-12mm to +50mm
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 41 of 73
(ii)
Eccentricity
(iii)
Thickness
Note: Tolerances apply to cast-in-situ concrete dimensions only, not to positioning of vertical
reinforcing steel or dowels.
(c)
(d)
(e)
6mm
9mm
12mm
6mm
6mm
9mm
12mm
6mm
(f)
(g)
Deviation in twists shall be within a limit such that any corner shall not be more
than the limit given below from the plane containing other three corners:
Up to 600mm wide and up to 6m in length
6mm
12mm
Maximum deviation in flatness from a 1.5m straight edge placed in any position
on a nominally plain surface shall not exceed 6mm.
Deviation of column axes at foundation top level with respect to true axes.
i) In longitudinal direction
5mm
5mm
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 42 of 73
Out of plumb (verticality) of column axis from true vertical axis measured at top:
i) Up to and including 30m height
H/1000 or 25mm
whichever is less.
H/1200 or 35mm
whichever is less.
Trusses
Shift at the centre of span of top chord member with respect to the vertical
plane passing through the centre of bottom chord.
1/250 of height of
truss in mm at center
of span or 15mm
whichever is less
Lateral shift of top chord of truss at the centre of span from the vertical plane
passing through the centre of supports of the truss
1/1500 of span of
truss in mm or 10
mm whichever is less
10mm
5mm
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 43 of 73
(c)
Shift in the centre line of crane rail with respect to centre line of web of gantry
girder
[ web thickness of girder(mm) +2mm]
2
Shift of alignment of crane rail (in plan) with respect to true axis of crane rail
at any point
5 mm
5 mm
[5+0.25(S-15)] subject to
maximum 10mm, where S in
metres is true gauge.
10 mm
15 mm
20 mm
2 mm
6.1.10
Construction of all other items of works shall conform to relevant Indian Standards and
sound engineering practices.
6.1.11
The Contractor shall be responsible for the complete safety pertaining to all
construction works.
7.0
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
7.1
GENERAL
7.1.1
Apart from the conditions mentioned in the Design requirements given in the
document, the following shall be strictly adhered to.
7.1.2
Cable/pipe trenches & precast slab covers shall be designed to withstand the load of
hydra-crane. Seating surface of the slab shall be at least 100mm wide with structural
ISA50x50x6 edge protection embedded through out the length of the trench.
7.1.3
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 44 of 73
7.1.4
Contractor shall make necessary arrangement for placing the anchor bolts in position
before concreting. Whenever there are more than four foundation bolts, these shall be
fixed by using template. In case bolts are not available at site at the time of casting of
foundation, proper pockets shall be left as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
7.1.5
7.1.6
Contractor shall ensure lateral stability by providing box/built up sections for columns
wherever it is not feasible to provide vertical bracing in either direction.
7.1.7
7.1.8
All designs, detailing & construction shall strictly conform to enclosed standards,
specifications & drawings. However drawings marked Issued for Information only are
for only guidance to the contractor.
7.1.9
Contractor shall furnish the BULK MTO for cement and High Strength Deformed TMT
bars (diameter wise) and Structural Steel (section wise) within 45 days from the date of
receipt of LOI/TOI. It shall also be updated at 50% & 90% stages of engineering
progress and shall be submitted to owner/owners representative for information.
7.1.10
7.1.11
The minimum diameter of reinforcement bar for slabs, beam stirrups and column ties
shall be 8 mm and for footing slabs and vertical walls it shall be 10 mm. The maximum
spacing of these bars shall be restricted to 300 mm c/c.
7.1.12
7.1.13
7.1.14
7.2
7.2.1
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 45 of 73
7.3
7.3.1
Complete structural design and AFC drawings for the following structures shall be got
reviewed by owner/owners representative in detail before taking up any construction
activity at the work site:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
The contractor shall furnish the quantities of different grades of concrete, reinforcement
and structural steel in the respective AFC drawings. Bar Bending schedule for all RCC
drawings shall be submitted by the contractor along with the AFC drawings.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 46 of 73
ENCLOSURE I
FACTORS OF SAFETY FOR FOUNDATION DESIGN
Type Of
Structure
Minimum Factor Of
Safety Against
Overturning
With Wind Without
Or
Wind Or
Seismic
Seismic
All Buildings/
Structures/Eqpts.
in Units
Pipe Rack
(Offsite)
Flood Light Mast
Retaining Wall
Tall
vessels/columns
Transmission
Tower/Switch
yard structures
Blast Resistant
Structures
#
$
Minimum Factor Of
Safety Against
Sliding
With
Without
Wind Or Wind Or
Seismic Seismic
% Weight Of
Overburden Over
Projected Plan
Area Of Footing
1.5
2.0
1.5
1.5
100
1.5
2.0
1.5
1.5
50$
1.5
1.5
50$
1.5
2.0
1.5
1.75
100
1.5
2.0
1.5
1.5
100
1.5
2.0
1.5
1.75
50$
1.5
2.0/1.2#
1.5
1.5/1.5#
100
Minimum Factor of safety against UPLIFT shall be 1.2 for all structures. (Note: In case of
sumps, lining weight shall not be included).
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 47 of 73
PART B : ARCHITECTURE
CONTENTS
1.1
BUILDING REQUIREMENT
1.2
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
1.1
Page 48 of 73
BUILDING REQUIREMENT
The Buildings shall be designed on the basis of basic requirements furnished in this clause
(including attached drawings referred in the clause) and Design Basis elaborated
elsewhere in the bid package.
Provisions for LAN (Local Area Networking cabling) shall be considered for the building as
per the Owner requirements. Necessary detailing for concealed conduiting through
flooring, wall panels/walls, ceiling/ false-ceiling etc. shall be provided during the detail
engineering.
Provisions for proper and aesthetically pleasing landscaping shall be considered for all the
buildings as per the Owner requirements.
In case of conflict or contradictions between building requirement & design basis,
provisions of the former shall override. The Buildings shall be sized in accordance with the
Owner/ PMC approved GA drawings prepared on the basis of functional, maintenance,
safety & statutory requirements as given in the drawings attached with Tender.
1.2
1.2.1
GENERAL
(a)
For any aspect of item not covered in the document, the contractor shall follow
instructions of the engineer-in-charge and execute the work as per relevant IS
codes/ recommendations of approved manufacturer/ good engineering practice
without any cost or time implication to Owner/PMC. Contractor shall refer only to
the relevant part of the specifications given below as per the Building
Finishes described before.
(b)
(c)
(d)
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
1.2.2
Page 49 of 73
(e)
(f)
All specialised items of work (e.g. Aluminium Doors and Windows, Waterproofing,
Overdeck Insulation, Precoated roof sheeting/ cladding, False ceiling, False
Flooring, Partitioning and Panelling, Expansion joint sealing etc.) shall be got
executed by the Contractor only through authorised applicators/ sub contractors of
approved manufacturer/ vendor. The contractor shall submit list of such authorised
applicators/ sub contractors for approval before execution of such items.
FLOOR FINISHING
Reference shall be made to the following Indian Standards for any further information etc.
not covered in the specification. In case of any conflict/contradiction, provision of
specification shall override.
IS: 4971
IS: 1237
IS: 777
IS: 2571
IS: 4631
IS: 5491
IS: 4441
IS: 4443
(A)
25 mm thick base course of M-15 grade cement concrete (with 6mm and
down size stone aggregate) laid on the sub-base in panels (each panel not
exceeding 1 Sq. Mtr. in area) in desired shape and pattern. The panels shall
be bound by 3x20mm PVC strips panel dividers; fixed in position with their
top at proper level maintaining the required levels, slopes, linearity etc. as
required. Base course shall be laid in alternate panels. Before laying the
base course, neat cement slurry @ 2.75Kg. of cement per Sq. Mtr. of area
shall be applied (brushed) over the prepared sub base surface. Cement
concrete shall be placed in position and beaten with trowel, including
tamping and finishing smooth. Finishing of the surface shall follow
immediately after completion of laying of base. The bed for flooring shall be
prepared either level or sloped as per drawings and as instructed by
Engineer-in-charge.
(b)
Neat cement @ 2.75Kg. per Sq. Mtr. mixed with water to form a thick slurry
applied over the base course (when the concrete is green), spread over the
surface, pressed twice by means of iron floats; once when the slurry is
applied and second time when the cement starts setting. The junction of
floor with wall plaster, cladding, skirting shall be rounded off uniformly upto
a radius of 25mm unless otherwise mentioned.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 50 of 73
Each finished portion of floor, on completion shall be kept wet with ponding for a
minimum period of 7 days.
(B)
25mm base Course (Under layer) of M-15 grade Concrete (shall generally
conform to Civil structural specifications) laid over sub base in panels (each
panel not exceeding 1 Sq. Mtr. in area) in desired shape and pattern. The
panels shall be bound by 3x30 PVC strips panel dividers; fixed in position
with their top at proper level maintaining the required levels, slopes, linearity
etc. as required. Base course shall be laid in alternate panels. Before laying
the base course, neat cement slurry @ 2.75Kg. of cement per Sq. Mtr. of
area shall be applied (brushed) over the prepared sub base surface. The
borders of the panels shall have mitred joints at the corners of the room and
intermediate joints shall be in straight line with panel joints. Cement
concrete shall be placed in position and beaten with trowel and finished
smooth. Beating shall cease as soon as surface is found covered with
cream of mortar. Necessary slope shall be provided.
(b)
15mm thick Wearing top layer of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 course
sand by volume) which shall be laid within 15 minutes of laying the first
layer. The cement and aggregates for the top layer shall be mixed dry. After
mixing, sufficient quantity of washed sand and water shall be added to
make the mix plastic but not flowing. The top and bottom layer shall firmly
grip together. The base course shall be free of excessive moisture before
starting the floor finishing. Use of dry cement, cement sand mixture
sprinkled on the surface to stiffen the concrete or absorb excessive
moisture shall not be permitted.
(c)
While the concrete is still green, cement @ 2.75 kg per Sq.M of floor area
shall be mixed with water to form a thick slurry and spread over the surface.
It shall be pressed twice by means of iron floats, once when the slurry is
applied and second time when the cement starts setting. The junction of
floor with wall plaster, cladding, skirting shall be rounded off uniformly upto
a radius of 25mm unless otherwise mentioned.
Each finished portion of floor, on completion shall be kept wet with ponding for a
minimum period of 7 days.
(C)
Base Course (Under layer) 35mm thick of cement concrete (1 cement: 1.5
coarse sand: 3.5 stone aggregates of 10mm to 6mm size by volume) laid
over sub base in panels (each panel not exceeding 1 Sq. Mtr. in area) in
desired shape and pattern. The panels shall be bound by 3x40mm PVC
strips panel dividers; fixed in position with their top at proper level
maintaining the required levels, slopes, linearity etc. as required. Base
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 51 of 73
course shall be laid in alternate panels. Before laying the base course, neat
cement slurry @ 2.75Kg. of cement per Sq. Mtr. of area shall be applied
(brushed) over the prepared sub base surface. The borders of the panels
shall have mitred joints at the corners of the room and intermediate joints
shall be in straight line with panel joints. Cement concrete shall be placed in
position and beaten with trowel and finished smooth. Beating shall cease as
soon as surface is found covered with cream of mortar. Necessary slope
shall be provided.
(b)
Wearing Top layer/ Finishing layer shall be of cement, hardener and stone
aggregate mix of 15mm thickness laid over the base course. Unless
otherwise mentioned, one part of approved quality hardener and four parts
of cement by weight shall be mixed dry. This dry mixture shall be mixed with
stone grit of 6mm and down size in the ratio of 1 hardener and cement
mixture : 2 stone grit by volume. Just enough water shall then be added to
the mix.
The mixture so obtained shall then be laid on the base course within 2 to 4 hours of
latter's laying. It shall be firmly pressed into bottom concrete so as to have a good
bond with it. After the starting of initial setting, the surface shall be finished smooth
and true with steel floats.
Each finished portion of floor, on completion shall be kept wet with ponding for a
minimum period of 7 days.
(D)
(E)
(F)
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
S.No. Property
1 Water Absorptions
2 Scratch Resistance
3 Chemical Resistance
4 Abrasion Resistance
5 Breaking strength
6 Density
Values
0.5%
>6
Unaffected
> 100
1400 kg/sq.cm
> 2.0 Gm/CC
Page 52 of 73
Norms
ASTM C 373
ASTM C 373
ASTM C 650
ASTM C 501
ASTM C 648
The base course for flooring shall be Cement Concrete flooring/ Cement Concrete
granolithic flooring and for skirting/ dado it shall be Cement plaster and background
surface shall be prepared as per clause no. 5.2 and IS:4443.
Tiles shall be fixed on the prepared surface over a bitumen priming layer, bitumen
mastic layer and resin type chemical resistant mortar. The bitumen shall conform to
IS:702 and laying of bitumen mastic shall conform to 1S:1196.
Joints shall be allowed to set for 24 hours. The floor shall then be washed as per
manufacturer's specifications to totally remove all marks from tile surface.
(G)
(H)
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 53 of 73
grout to match the shade of the slabs. The slabs shall then be gently placed in
position and tapped with wooden mallets till it is properly bedded in level. The joints
shall be as fine as possible. Surplus cement on the surface of the slab shall be
removed. The slabs in flooring shall continue for not less than 10 mm under the
plaster/skirting. The finished surface shall be true to levels and slopes as instructed
by the Engineer-in-Charge. The slabs shall be laid in patterns as per drawings and
size shall not be less than 400 x 275mm, which shall be uniform. Cut size may be
used along periphery as required. Curing, as required shall be done.
Grinding shall be commenced when the joints are properly set. Unevenness at the
meeting edges of slabs shall be removed by fine chiselling. Grinding shall be done
by machines except for skirting and small areas. First grinding shall be done with
Carborundum stones of 48 to 60 grade grit fitted in the machine. Water shall be
properly used during grinding. When the floor has been uniformly rubbed, it shall be
cleaned with water baring all pin holes. It shall then be covered with a thin coat of
cement mixed with pigments to match with colour of the Kota stone. This grout
shall be kept moist for a week. Thereafter the second grinding shall be started with
Carborundum stone of 120 grit. Grinding and curing shall follow again. Final
grinding shall be with Carborundum of grade 220 to 350 grit using water in
abundance. The floor shall be washed clean with water, oxalic acid powder shall
then be dusted at 35 gms/sq. m. on the surface rubbed with machine fitted hessian
bobs or rubbed hard with woollen rags. The floor shall then be washed clean and
dried with a soft cloth or linen. If any stone slab is disturbed or damaged, it shall be
refitted or replaced and properly jointed and polished.
1.2.3
Doors
1. For fixed frames
i) Sides & Top members
ii) Lock rail
iii) Bottom rail
2. For shutter frame
3. Glazing clips (beading)
b.
1.975 Kg/RM
1.594 Kg/RM
3.495 Kg/RM
1.202 Kg/RM
0.182 Kg/RM
:
:
:
:
:
0.639 Kg/RM
0.636 Kg/RM
0.165 Kg/RM
0.933 Kg/RM
0.463 Kg/RM
Window/Ventilator
1. For fixed frames
2. For shutter frame
3. Glazing clips ( beading )
4. Coupling bars
5. Member for fixing the frame
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 54 of 73
The frames shall be fixed to masonry by means of Aluminium lugs fixed to the
frame by counter sunk brass machine screws and grouted with M-15 grade
concrete in minimum 150 x 150 x 50 mm sized hole in the masonry. In case of
RCC, the frames shall be fixed with 12mm dia dash fasteners in case of concrete.
Any steel item coming in contact with Aluminium shall be galvanised.
Aluminium glazed doors shall be provided with cup pivots (of aluminium alloy
conforming to IS designation NS-4 of IS 737 and IS designation of A-5-M of IS :
617) riveted to outer and inner frames to permit to swing through an angle of 85
degree.
Following hardware shall be provided for the doors.
1. Heavy duty & hydraulically operated double or single action adjustable door
closer conforming to IS : 6315
2. 250mm and 150mm long, 10mm dia Aluminium tower bolts as per IS: 204 one
each for each shutter.
3. Brass body 6 lever mortise lock as per IS : 2209
4. Aluminium door handle for each shutter for each side.
(Note: All Aluminium fittings/ fixtures shall be of same finish as that of doorframe &
shutter)
Side hung window shutters shall be fixed to the frame with Aluminium alloy friction
hinges and shall be complete in all respects including accessories, fittings fixtures
of same finish as that of window frame & shutter, handles of cast aluminium
conforming to IS designation A-5-M of IS : 617 mounted on a handle plate riveted
to opening frames, Aluminium Tower bolts, peg stays for ventilators etc. Wherever
specified, decorative aluminium safety grills of approved design shall be provided
which shall be screwed to the main frame.
(B)
Steel Doors
Steel doors shall consist of :
(a)
(b)
Pressed steel door shutter shall be made with 18 gauge steel sheets
formed by machine bending in the form of hollow box (overall 40mm thick)
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 55 of 73
welded at meeting of the sheets with pad plate of 3mm thick MS flat all
along the perimeter. The shutter shall be braced with channel shaped
35mm wide horizontal stiffeners by folding 16 gauge MS sheets @ 500mm
c/c fixed by flush riveting. 3mm thick MS pad plates shall be welded inside
at required locations for fixing of hardware. The cavity inside shall be
packed with rigid PU foam/ phenolic foam or glass wool insulation to fill into
the box cavity without gap.
For double shutters, an MS angle (25x 45x 3mm thick) shall be welded to one of
the shutter providing a minimum 25mm wide rebate for the other shutter at the
meeting point.
The shutters shall be fixed to the door frame by means of heavy duty MS butt
hinges of 150mm size conforming to IS : 1341 @ 500mm c/c maximum.
Each door shutter shall have following accessories.
1.
2.
Heavy duty, MS aldrop 400mm long for double shutter & 300mm long for
single shutter.
3.
12mm dia, 300mm long pressure die cast zinc alloy handles on both sides.
4.
12mm dia, 250mm long MS tower bolt at top and 12 mm dia 150mm long at
bottom.
5.
6.
The entire shutter including all accessories, fittings & fixtures etc. shall be painted
with 2 or more coats of approved quality synthetic enamel paint of approved shade
over a coat of approved quality red oxide zinc chromate primer.
(C)
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 56 of 73
shade over a priming coat of approved red oxide zinc chromate primer).
The hollow frame shall be packed with PCC to fill the cavity without gap.
(b)
Flush door shutters shall be factory made and overall 35mm thick consisting
of solid core block board bonded with phenol formaldehyde synthetic resin
conforming to IS : 848. The shutters shall be faced on both sides with 3 mm
thick commercial plywood finished with 1 mm thick laminate of approved
shade & make. 35 x 20mm second class Teakwood lipping shall be
provided all around the shutter by means of approved quality neoprene
based adhesive and nailing @ 300mm (maximum). Teakwood lipping shall
be French polished (lacquer finish) as per specifications. The shutters shall
be fixed to the frame by means of 125mm long MS butt hinges conforming
to IS: 1341 @ 600mm c/c maximum.
Teakwood used for lipping etc. shall be second class Indian teakwood (conforming
to IS : 4021) of good quality, well seasoned and free from defects such as cracks,
dead knots, sapwood etc. and shall be with no individual hard & sound knots more
than 15 Sq.cm in area and the aggregate area of such knots not exceeding 2% of
area of the piece. The wood shall be fairly closed grains having not less than 2
growth rings per Cm. Width in cross section.
Following hardware of approved quality and shade shall be provided in each
shutter:1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
(D)
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 57 of 73
being squeezed out and cut off neatly when the units shall be screwed together
tight.
Where fixed glazing units are placed over openable units a push fit weather bar
shall be provided.
Before glazing, all opening parts shall be checked for their operational smoothness.
The frame shall be completely cleaned and bedding putty shall be placed in the
rebate before glazing. Glass then shall be cushioned into the bedding and shall be
fronted with front putty in a manner so as to enable the painting to be done upto the
sight line. The back putty oozing out over the glazing rebate shall be cut off square
and smoothed down.
For panels exceeding 600 x 300 mm in size, glass shall be secured by special
glazing clips inserted in holes already provided in the steel sections, before
applying the front putty.
For glazing of very large areas, rust proof steel beading with mitred corners shall
be provided with screws @ 10 cm. from each corner and @ 20 cm. apart from each
other. Putty shall be provided to the face of the bead in contact with glass, in
addition to back putty.
Side hung shutters shall be connected to the frame by means of friction hinges.
The handle for side hung shutters shall be of pressed brass mounted on a steel
handle plate welded to the opening shutter frame and shall not be removable easily
after glazing. The handle shall have a two point nose, which shall engage with a
brass striking plate on the fixed frame in a slightly open as well as in a fixed
position.
In case of fixing with masonry, holes for fixing the lugs/hold fasts shall be cut at
required locations. In case of concrete or stone, the frames shall be fixed by means
of dash fasteners. In case of masonry, the lugs shall be grouted in the holes with
cement concrete, M-15 Grade when fixing to steel work, mastic shall be applied to
the sill of the opening and the unit shall be placed on it with the jambs and head
buttered with mastic and the unit shall be fixed with special fixing dips or with nuts
and bolts.
All the steel surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned free of rust, mill scale, dirt, oil etc.
by sand and shot blasting and then painted with 2 or more coats of approved
quality & shade synthetic enamel paint over a coat of approved quality red oxide
zinc chromate primer.
12mm M.S. square safety bars (welded to fixed frame horizontally @ 100mm c/c)
shall be provided wherever specified.
(E)
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 58 of 73
coat of approved quality red oxide zinc chromate primer. All the damaged surfaces
of wall, columns, plastering etc. shall be made good.
Rolling shutters shall be mechanically operated type, when the size of the shutter
exceeds 9 Sq. M and shall be complete with all accessories for mechanical
operation as per approved manufacturers design & drawings.
Wherever specified the Rolling shutters shall be electrically operated; complete
with all accessories, electrical motor, cabling etc. as per approved manufacturers
design and drawings
Wherever specified the Rolling shutters shall be grill type or partly grill & partly solid
type or fully solid type depending on ventilation requirement.
1.2.4
PLASTERING
(A)
12mm thick in 1:6 cement mortar for all plumb of the internal masonry walls
& RCC Columns coming in line (flush) with this side of wall.
b.
15mm thick in 1:6 cement mortar for rough side of internal masonry walls
RCC Columns coming in line (flush) with this side of wall.
c.
d.
6mm thick in 1:4 cement mortar for all RCC ceiling, beam etc. However if
the undulation in ceiling is beyond 6mm thick plaster, extra thickness of
plaster shall be applied without any extra cost to give a smooth and fair
surface to the satisfaction of Engineer-In-Charge.
e.
The plastering work shall include preparation of background surface which shall
consist of cleaning of all dust, loose mortar droppings, traces of algae,
efflorescence or any other foreign matter by water or by brushing, roughening up of
smooth surfaces by wire brushing or hacking, trimming of projections whenever
necessary. The surface shall be washed off and well wetted before applying the
plaster.
For external plaster, the plastering shall be started from top floor and carried
downwards. Internal plastering shall start with ceiling. Plastering shall be applied
evenly in specified thickness. The entire surface shall be finished smooth by means
of trowel or wooden float.
All the brick/stone masonry and RCC joints shall be provided with 20 gauge
chicken wire mesh stretched tight and fixed with G.I. type nails before plastering.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 59 of 73
20mm x 10mm grooves (horizontal and vertical) shall be provided in perfect straight
line & plumb in plastering as per drawings and instructions of Engineer- In Charge.
Curing shall be started 24 hours after finishing the plaster. The plaster shall be kept
wet for a period of 7 days. During this period the plaster shall be suitably protected
from all damages at the contractor's expense by such means as approved by the
Engineer-in-charge. The date of execution of plastering shall be marked on the
plastering to ensure the proper duration of curing.
The plastering shall include all scaffolding, damage rectification etc. complete.
(B)
1.2.5
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 60 of 73
Workmanship:
a) Preparation of surface:
The roof surface (or screed) shall be thoroughly cleaned with a wire brush and
all foreign matter etc. shall be removed. Well-defined cracks on the surfaces
shall be cut to a V section, cleaned and filled up flush with a paste of filling
compound and cement in the ratio of 1:2. The finished surface shall be perfectly
dry and any dampness should be allowed to evaporate.
b) Laying:
The membrane shall be laid on the perfectly dry prepared surface by torchingon method with a gas torch. All joints shall have an overlap of 75mm which
shall be torch sealed. The overlap shall be done in a manner, which does not
hinder water flow along the roof slope. The membrane shall be finished with
bituminous base aluminium paint.
The waterproofing shall be continued up to the parapet/wall for a minimum of
600mm over the finished roof surface. It shall be continued into rain water pipes
by at least 100mm.
c) Cement Screed:
Plain cement concrete (1:2:4) of 25mm min. thickness with 24 SWG chicken
wire mesh shall be laid to slope in panels not exceeding 6 m.sq. area per panel
over the roof slab. The joints between panels shall be raked out neatly (after
stipulated curing period) to a min. 6mm x 6mm V-groove and filled up with an
approved quality sealant compound. Drain outlet shall be provided for all
spouts/ rain water pipes by suitable rounding, filling and sloping of PCC. At the
junction of the roof and parapet or any other vertical surface, a fillet of 75mm
radius shall be formed in cement mortar (1 cement: 4 coarse sand).
The finished work shall be measured in M.Sq of area for the purpose of payment.
A guarantee of 10 years shall be provided by the manufacturer against the
performance of the finished waterproof coating.
1.2.6
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
IS : 3585:
IS : 426:
IS : 106:
Page 61 of 73
Ready mixed paint, alum. brushing priming water resistant for woodwork
Paste filler for colour coats.
Ready mixed paint, brushing, priming for enamels, for use on metals.
All materials required for the execution of painting work shall be obtained direct from
approved manufacturers and shall be brought to the site in makers drums, bags etc. with
seals unbroken.
In case of ready mixed paints, thinning if necessary, the brand of thinner shall be as per
recommendations of the manufacturer.
Paint shall be applied by brushing or spraying. Spray machine used may be of high
pressure type or low pressure depending on the nature and location of work. The paint
containers, when not used shall be kept close and free from air.
After the finishing of work, the adjacent surfaces not intended to be washed/
distempered/painted/polished, shall be thoroughly cleaned of all paint patches and shall be
finished in accordance with surface finishing of such surfaces.
(A)
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 62 of 73
coat shall be allowed to dry before the next coat is applied. The white washing on
ceiling should be done prior to that on walls.
Surfaces of doors, windows, floors etc. shall be protected from being splashed
upon. Such surfaces shall be cleaned of white/ colour wash splashes.
(B)
The primer coat:The primer coat shall be alkali resistant primer or distemper primer and
shall be of the same manufacture as oil bound distemper.
(c)
Base preparation:After the Primer coat, the base preparation shall include applying two or
more coatings of oil based putty in paste form made from chalk powder
mixed with linseed oil, white zinc, varnish etc. as per manufacturers
recommendations. After each coat of putty, sandpapering of the surfaces
shall be done.
(d)
Application of Distemper:After the base preparation coats have dried, the surface shall be lightly
sand papered and dusted off avoiding rubbing off of the primer coat. The
distemper shall conform to IS: 428 and shall be diluted with water or any
other prescribed thinner recommended by the manufacturer. Minimum two
coats of distemper shall be applied with brushes in horizontal strokes
followed by immediate vertical strokes, which together shall constitute one
coat. The subsequent coats shall be applied after at least 24 hours between
consecutive coats to permit proper drying of the preceding coat. The
finished surface shall be even and uniform without patches, brush marks
drops etc. Application of a coat in each room shall be finished in one
operation.14 cm double bristled distemper brushes shall be used. After
each days work brushes shall be thoroughly washed in hot water with soap
solution and hung down to dry.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 63 of 73
(a)
The Plastic Emulsion paint work shall consist of:Preparation of surface:The surface shall be thoroughly brushed free from dust, dirt, grease, mortar
droppings, other foreign matter and shall be made smooth by sand
papering. In case of plastic emulsion paintwork over existing distempered/
emulsioned surface, the existing distempering/ emulsion shall be scraped
by steel scrapers leaving a clean surface. All nails shall be removed. Pitting
in plaster shall be made good with plaster of Paris mixed with plastic
emulsion of colour to be used. The surface then shall be rubbed down again
with a fine grade sand paper and made smooth. A coat of plastic emulsion
shall be applied over the patches. The surface shall be allowed to dry
thoroughly. The surface affected by moss, fungus, algae, efflorescence
shall be treated in accordance with IS: 2395. Any unevenness shall be
made good by applying putty made of plaster of Paris mixed with water
including filling up the undulation and then sand papering the same after it
is dry. Scaffolding wherever required shall be erected in such a way that no
part of the scaffolding shall rest against the surface to be painted.
(b)
The primer coat:The primer coat shall be alkali resistant primer or emulsion primer and shall
be of the same manufacture as plastic emulsion paint.
(c)
Base preparation:After the Primer coat, the base preparation shall include applying two or
more coatings of oil based putty in paste form made from chalk powder
mixed with linseed oil, white zinc, varnish etc. as per manufacturers
recommendations. After each coat of putty, sandpapering of the surfaces
shall be done.
(d)
Application of Plastic Emulsion Paint :After the base preparation coats have dried, the surface shall be lightly
sand papered and dusted off avoiding rubbing off of the primer coat. The
plastic emulsion paint shall conform to IS: 5411 (Part- I) and shall be diluted
prescribed thinner recommended by the manufacturer. Minimum two coats
of plastic emulsion paint shall be applied with brushes in horizontal strokes
followed by immediate vertical strokes, which together shall constitute one
coat. The subsequent coats shall be applied after at least 24 hours between
consecutive coats to permit proper drying of the preceding coat. The
finished surface shall be even and uniform without patches, brush marks
drops etc. Application of a coat in each room shall be finished in one
operation. 14 cm double bristled distemper brushes shall be used. After
each days work brushes shall be thoroughly washed in hot water with soap
solution and hung down to dry.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 64 of 73
(D)
(E)
(F)
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
1.2.7
Page 65 of 73
ROOFING
Reference shall be made to the following Indian Standards for information etc. not covered
in the specification. In case of any conflict/contradiction, provisions of specification shall
override.
IS 1230:
The roof slope shall be as specified and in general not pitched flatter then 1:5. The normal
pitch if not specified shall be 1:2. Materials shall be supplied by approved manufacturer.
The items supplied shall be free from cracks, chipped edges or corners or other damages.
Storage and safety precautions shall be taken to avoid damage to the accessories.
A)
(B)
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 66 of 73
The profiles shall have a depth of not less than 28mm and pitch of 190mm. Overall
sheet thickness shall be minimum 0.50mm. Minimum weight of the sheet shall be
5.2 kg/ Sq.M
All roofing accessories like ridge, gutters, north light curves etc. shall be fabricated
out of precoated sheet of same thickness (as for roof sheeting) and as per
manufacturers specifications. Metallic Fasteners and Fixing accessories shall be
corrosion proof (polyester polymer coated). Self drilling screws/ fasteners with
integral washers and EPDM seals, and nylon colour caps and joint sealants shall
be provided for fixing of sheets as per approved manufacturers specifications. Non
metallic fasteners shall be of neoprene. Sealants shall be natural cure type and of
cold setting variety.
Wind ties shall be of 40 mm x 6 mm flat iron section and other size as specified.
These shall be fixed at the two eaves end of the sheet. Fixing shall be done with
the same loose bolts which secure sheets to the purlins. Slot holes shall be cut in
the wind ties to allow for temperature variations. The wind ties shall be painted with
two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of same shade as that of sheeting over
a coat of approved primer.
1.2.8
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 67 of 73
One number heavy grade approved quality CP Brass bib cock conforming to IS:
781 (with necessary connections) shall be provided with each WC.
The work shall include providing and fixing water-closet and flushing cistern with all
accessories, breaking wall and floors and making good the same, all inlet and
outlet connections of cistern and water closet, finishing of solder joints, painting and
testing of all connections etc. complete.
(B)
(C)
Urinals
Half stall type urinal shall be of size 610mm x 400mm x 380mm and conforming to
IS:2556 Part VI. Urinals shall be of single piece construction with integral flushing
box rim. These shall be mounted on walls. The flushing inlet pipe shall be of CP
brass 15 mm dia and waste pipe 32 mm dia GI, 750 mm long shall be embedded in
wall. Necessary unions and CP bottle trap shall be provided in the waste line.
Rawl plugs with CP brass screws shall be used for fixing the urinal. Fixing shall
ensure that no liquid is left over in the pan after flushing. Unless otherwise
indicated height above finished floors shall be 600 mm.
Urinals shall be connected to glazed earthenware automatic flushing glazed
earthenware cisterns either individually, or in groups. Where individually connected
to flushing cistern, the cistern capacity shall be 5 litres. For two urinals, one cistern
of 10 litres capacity and for three urinals, one cistern of 15 litres, capacity shall be
provided.
Cistern inlet shall be 15 mm dia PVC pipe with brass union. Outlet pipe from cistern
shall be 25mm CP brass main, with 15 mm CP distributor pipe of sufficient lengths
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 68 of 73
to reach each bowl. Where individual cisterns are provided the outlet shall be of 15
mm CP brass.
The work shall include urinals inlet and outlet pipes, flushing cistern, breaking and
making good the walls and flooring, making inlet and outlet connections including
all related G.I. piping work (embedded in wall), painting exposed brackets and
exposed metallic parts with two coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved quality
over a coat of red oxide zinc chromate primer etc. all complete.
All The Urinals shall be separated by Marble partitions (of minimum 19mm thick
White Makrana marble slabs; each partition in one piece) of minimum size 1000mm
x 600mm. These partitions shall be inserted upto 100mm depth in the wall and
fixed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand by volume) and suitable
sized M.S. Channel (embedded in wall with grouting) at bottom. The M.S. Channel
at bottom shall be finished with two coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved
quality over a coat of red oxide zinc chromate primer.
(D)
Wash Basins
This shall be flat back wash basin (with require number of tap holes and
conforming to IS: 2556 Part-IV) with anti splash rims on three sides, of size 550mm
x 400mm size. Wash basins shall be of one piece construction including a
combined overflow having an area of not less than 5 Sq. cm. shall be provided in
the front or back of the bowl and it shall be so designed as to facilitate cleaning of
the overflow. This shall be fitted on CI or MS brackets. Brackets shall conform to
IS: 775. The brackets shall be given two coats of synthetic enamel paint or
aluminium paint, over a coat of approved primer. Each wash basin shall be
provided with 15mm dia CP brass pillar cock of approved make, rubber plug with
CP brass chain, 32mm CP Waste fitting of standard pattern with 32mm dia G.I.
pipe, CP Brass bottle trap, CP Brass 15mm dia stop cock etc. complete with all
related accessories, fittings and fixtures. The wall side shall be fixed well flushed
with the plaster or wall and the joint if any, shall be properly stopped with an
elastomeric sealant. The top of rim of the wash basin shall be fixed at 800 mm
above finished floor level, unless otherwise specified.
The work shall include provision and fixing of wash basin with all accessories,
providing stop cocks and pillar cocks, breaking and making good walls, fixing and
making inlet and outlet connections for stop cock, pillar cock and waste pipe,
providing & fixing MS brackets painted with two coats of synthetic enamel paint of
approved quality over a coat of red oxide zinc chromate primer etc. complete.
Following fixtures of approved quality shall be provided for each Wash Basin.
1.
Mirror
2.
Glass Shelf
3.
Towel Rail
4.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 69 of 73
All the fixtures shall be fixed to the wall at identified locations with wooden cleats
and CP Brass screws including cutting walls, making good the same etc. complete.
(E)
(F)
1.2.9
Panel Carriers:-
These shall be roll- formed out of coated steel/ 0.95mm thick aluminium alloy;
32mm wide and 39mm deep with cut-outs to hold panels in a module of 90mm/
100mm; all complete as per manufacturers standard details and specifications.
When two or more carriers are to be joined, they shall be joined together by means
of carrier splices which will clip on to holes in the sides of the carriers and hold
them firmly in place while maintaining the required module. The carriers shall be
suspended from roof by 4mm dia. galvanised steel wire rod hangers, with height
adjustment springs of stainless steel. Hangers shall be fixed to roof by J hooks
and nylon inserts. Edge profiles shall be L shaped roll- formed out of 0.6mm
aluminium alloy with coating.
(b)
Panels:-
Panels shall be 84mm wide, 16mm deep, roll formed out of 0.5mm aluminium alloy
5050 or 3005. The aluminium panels shall be chromatised and stove enamelled
(coil coated) on both sides in approved shade. Panels shall be factory cut in
lengths upto 5 metres to suit site dimensions. As per air- conditioning requirements,
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 70 of 73
for return air, (wherever required) perforated panels shall be used, which shall have
2mm dia holes at 5mm centre to centre staggered in uniform pattern and
symmetrically located in the middle of the panel face.
The ceiling shall be erected in continuous manner as per approved manufacturers
recommendations, specifications etc. The false ceiling shall have perfect levels,
linearity etc. as required. Necessary cut outs for Electrical, AC and other fixtures
shall be provided as per drawing and in co- ordination with relevant construction
activities.
(B)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Pedestal base plate made of galvanised Mild steel and shall be of 100 mm
x 100mm size and 8mm thick.
Pedestal stud 30 mm dia made of galvanised mild steel seamless pipe and
having threads at top and bottom for attaching the top head attachment and
fixing to base plate.
Top head attachments made of pressure die cast aluminium alloy of shape
and thickness as per drawing; and shall be provided with check nuts at
bottom portion for attaching the top head threads in the stud allowing for
adjustment upto 25mm up & down.
Channel stringers made of galvanised, machine cut, cold rolled mild steel
channels of size 40 mm x 40 mm and 3.15 mm thickness.
Floor panels of size 610 mm x 610 mm in general and of 35 mm thickness;
made of unveneered, 3 layer flat pressed, teakwood particle board
(conforming to IS :3087 bonded with BWP type phenol formaldehyde
synthetic resin conforming IS: 848 and categorised as class-I for `Surfaces
of very low flame spread' as per IS-1642); finished on the underneath side
with 0.05mm thick Aluminium foil turned up and extended by minimum
12mm along the perimeter; finished on top with 2mm thick high pressure
laminate and along four sides with hard PVC lipping as per drawing. 12mm
x 12mm x 75mm long, 2mm thick Aluminium channel cleats shall be
provided on middle of four sides of the panels for lateral stability.
False flooring pattern shall be as per approved drawing. Pedestal base plates
shall be fixed to the base floor by 6mm dia, 40mm long dash fasteners as per
the grid.
The pedestal stud locations shall ensure the grid work as per flooring pattern
which in general shall be of 610 mm x 610 mm dimension. The length of the
pedestal studs shall be such that clear cavity between false flooring and base
flooring is of desired depth.
The top head attachments shall be inserted into the studs and shall be adjusted
to obtain proper level of the finished floor panels by means of the adjustment
nuts.
Stringer channels then shall be fitted onto the top heads in position to form the
supporting grid work for the floor panels checking the level once again by
adjusting the nut position if necessary. Now the check nut shall be finally
tightened to secure the final level. Floor panels as specified shall be placed
over the stringer channels.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 71 of 73
Each floor panel shall be marked with positional numbering on the underneath.
The finished floor panels shall be perfectly leveled, aligned without any gaps in
between the panels.
Each individual panel shall be removable maintenance purpose.
Necessary cut-outs shall be made in the panels for cable routing, control panel
fixation etc. as per drawing.
Necessary ramps, slopes, steps etc. shall be also provided for as per drawing.
Around a control panel/ rack, the residual space left out shall be filled up with
cut panels of uniform size as required to fully close the gap between the
adjacent full panel and the control panel base channel. In this case the part
floor panel shall extend upto the full width of the base channel and the cut size
shall be determined accordingly. An additional row of jack pedestals shall be
provided along the cut out on which the edge of the floor panel shall rest and
over which the base channel of control panel shall be placed. It shall not
directly rest on the jack head pedestal or grid channels.
The cavity between false flooring and base floor shall be properly cleaned and
made dust free. The floor shall be finally coated with polyurethane based
coating
The finished false flooring shall be able to serve for a distributed load of 1250
kg/Sq.M.
(C)
Underdeck Insulation
a)
Phenolic Foam Underdeck Insulation:Phenolic Foam Underdeck insulation shall be of rigid slab of 25mm
thickness and approx. 1000mm x 500mm size as specified and shall
conform to IS: 13204. It shall have density of 32 kg /Cu. Mtr. and K Value of
0.034 w/mk at 53 deg. mean temperature. The insulation shall be classified
as ` Non Combustible ' as per BS 476, part 5 and >Class I= for surface
spread of flame as per BS 476 ,part 7. It shall be prelaminated on both
sides with kraft paper.
The entire soffit of slab and beams shall be thoroughly cleaned. Bituminous
primer or zinc chromate primer shall be applied evenly @ 0.5 kg/m2 over the
entire surface. Hot bitumen or CPRX adhesive shall then be applied on the
insulation panel @ 1.5 kg/Sq.M. The panels shall be pressed in position
and further secured by dash fasteners.
The underdeck insulation shall be fixed only after all fixtures like hooks,
clamps, cleats etc. for light fixtures, ducts etc. have been fixed in the ceiling.
b)
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 72 of 73
(B)
Cinder Filling
All the sunk R.C.C slabs shall be provided with cinder filling comprising of:-
(C)
(a)
Plastering the R.C.C. slab top, sides etc. with 18mm thick cement plaster
1:6 (1 cement: 6 sand by volume) mixed with approved waterproof
compound @3% of cement by weight and finishing with a floating coat of
neat cement slurry @ 2.75 kg. per sq. Mtr, finishing, curing etc. The work
includes preparation of base surface as described in Plastering item.
(b)
Filling with Cinder concrete 1:10 (1 cement : 10 cinder of 12mm and down
grade) including consolidating, finishing, curing etc. complete.
The surfaces over which it is to be applied shall be totally dried and cleaned
of all dirt, oils, mortar droppings, all loose material etc. by vigorous wire
brushing and wherever necessary by grinding and blast cleaning (sand or
water).
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 73 of 73
(b)
(c)
(d)
Silicon sealant shall be applied by means of cartridge- type caul gun, either
hand or air pressure activated. The sealant shall be applied in a continuous
operation, horizontally in one direction and vertically from bottom to top of
joint opening. The sealant shall be applied in excess so that a positive
pressure adequate to properly fill and seal the joint is created. The sealant
shall be struck with light pressure to spread the material against the back up
material and the joint surfaces properly. The sealant shall be tooled to
slightly conclave surface. As the work progresses, the excessive sealant
shall be removed. The masking tape shall be removed immediately after
tooling. The sealant shall be cured as per approved manufacturers
recommendations.
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 1 of 47
JOB SPECIFICATION
SHOP & FIELD PAINTING
PROJECT :
OWNER
PMC
JOB NO.
6782
19-03-2007
DR. DNW
GVS
G.V.SWAMY
DNW
GVS
GVS
GVS
GVS
VRK
GVS
29-12-2006
02.11.2006
8.08.2006
NO.
DATE
REVISION
DNW
GVS
Rev.
No
Date
Purpose
Prepared
by
Checked
by
Approved by
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 2 of 47
Abbreviations:
AS
Alloy Steel
CS
Carbon Steel
DFT
DM
De-mineralized
GI
Galvanized Iron
ID
Internal Diameter
LTCS
MS
Mild Steel
NB
Nominal Bore
OD
Outside Diameter
RCC
SS
Stainless Steel
WFT
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 3 of 47
CONTENTS
SL.
NO
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
7.1
7.2
7.3
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
20.0
21.0
22.0
23.0
DESCRIPTION
GENERAL
SCOPE
CODES & STANDARDS
EQUIPMENT
SURFACE PREPARATION
PAINT MATERIALS
PAINT SYSTEMS
PRE-ERECTION/ PRE-FABRICATION AND SHOP PRIMING FOR CARBON STEEL,
LOW TEMPERATURE CARBON STEEL & LOW ALLOY STEEL, UN INSULATED
AND INSULATED STEEL STRUCTURES, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT ETC.
REPAIR OF PRE-ERECTION / FABRICATION AND SHOP PRIMING AFTER
ERECTION / WELDING FOR CARBON STEEL, LOW TEMPERATURE CARBON
STEEL & LOW ALLOY STEEL UNINSULATED AND INSULATED ITEMS IN ALL
ENVIRONMENTS.
REPAIR OF ALL WELD JOINTS AND DAMAGES OF GALVANIZED STEEL, CARBON
STEEL AND ALLOY STEEL STRUCTURES, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT AFTER
ERECTION ON ABOVE GROUND/ OVERHEAD AREAS AT SITE.
FIELD PAINT SYSTEM FOR NORMAL CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT (FOR CARBON
STEEL, LOW TEMPERATURE CARBON STEEL AND LOW ALLOY STEEL) IN
OFFSITE AREAS
FIELD PAINT SYSTEM FOR CORROSIVE AREAS IN PLANT AREA (FOR CARBON
STEEL, LOW TEMPERATURE CARBON STEEL AND LOW ALLOY STEEL).
FIELD PAINT SYSTEM FOR HIGHLY CORROSIVE AREAS IN PLANT AREA (FOR
CARBON STEEL, LOW ALLOY STEEL) EXTERNAL SURFACES OF PIPING &
EQUIPMENT.
FIELD PAINT SYSTEM FOR CARBON STEEL STORAGE TANKS (EXTERNAL &
INTERNAL) FOR ALL ENVIRONMENTS AND ALL AREAS.
COATING SYSTEM FOR EXTERNAL SIDE OF UNDERGROUND CARBON STEEL
PLANT PIPING AND TANKS.
PAINTING UNDER INSULATION FOR (HOT, COLD & SAFETY) CARBON STEEL
PLANT PIPING AND TANKS.
INTERNAL PROTECTION OF CARBON STEEL WATER BOXES AND TUBE SHEETS
OF COOLERS/ CONDENSERS.
FIELD PAINTING SYSTEM FOR GI TOWERS/NON-FERROUS TUBE SHEET.
SHOP & FIELD PAINTING SYSTEM FOR EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT
STORAGE
COLOUR CODE FOR PIPING AS GIVEN BY MRPL
IDENTIFICATION OF VESSELS, PIPING ETC.
PAINTING FOR CIVIL DEFENCE REQUIREMENTS
INSPECTION AND TESTING
GUARANTEE
QUALIFICATION CRITERIA OF PAINTING CONTRACTOR
ANNEXURE-I List of recommended manufacturers
ANNEXURE-II Paint Colour Code for Piping & Equipment as given by MRPL
1.0
1.1.1
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 4 of 47
GENERAL
These technical specifications shall be applicable for the work covered by the
contract, and without prejudice to the various codes of practice, standard
specifications etc. It is understood that contractor shall carry out the work in all
respects with the best quality of materials and workmanship and in accordance with
the best engineering practice and instructions of Engineer-In-Charge.
1.2
2.0
SCOPE
2.1
Scope of work covered in the specification shall include, without being limited to
the following.
2.1.1
This specification defines the requirements for surface preparation, selection and
application of paints on external surfaces of equipment, vessels, machinery, piping,
ducts, steel structures, external & internal protection of storage tanks for all
services, external surfaces of MS Chimney with or without Refractory lining and
Flare lines etc. The items listed in the heading of tables of paint systems is
indicative only, however the contractor is fully responsible for supply of all paint
materials carrying out all the necessary painting, coating and lining on external and
internal surfaces as the tender requirement.
2.2
Extent of Work
2.2.1
The following surfaces and materials shall require shop, pre-erection and field
painting:
a. All uninsulated C.S. & A.S. equipment like columns, vessels, drums, storage
tanks, heat exchangers, pumps, compressors, electrical panels and motors etc.
and tanks and equipment in ETP plant
b. All uninsulated carbon and low alloy piping fittings and valves (including
painting of identification marks), furnace, ducts and stacks.
c. All items contained in a package unit as necessary.
d. All structural steel work, pipe, structural steel supports, walkways, handrails,
ladders, platforms etc.
e. External surfaces of MS Chimneys with or without refractory lining & Flare
lines.
f.
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 5 of 47
Supply of all primers, paints and all other materials required for painting other
than Owner's supply
j.
k.
Painting under insulation for carbon steel and stainless steel as specified.
l.
m.
2.2.2
The following surfaces and materials shall not require painting in general.
However, if there are any specific requirements by the owner, the same
shall be painted as per the relevant specifications:
a.
b.
c.
2.3
Unless otherwise instructed final painting on pre-erection / shop primed pipes and
equipments shall be painted in the field, only after the mechanical completion,
testing on systems are completed as well as after completion of steam purging
wherever required.
2.4
Changes and deviations required for any specific job due to client requirement or
otherwise shall be referred to MRPL/EIL for deviation permit.
3.0
3.1 Without prejudice to the provision of Clause 1.1 above and the detailed specifications of
the contract, the following codes and standards shall be followed for the work covered by
this contract.
Colour coding:
IS-101
ASTM
ASA A 13.1-1981
3.2
3.2.1
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 6 of 47
3.2.2
3.2.3
3.2.4
3.2.5
3.3
The contractor shall arrange, at his own cost, to keep a set of latest edition of above
standards and codes at site.
3.4
4.0
EQUIPMENT
4.1
All tools, brushes, rollers, spray Guns, blast material, hand power tools for cleaning
and all equipments, scaffolding materials, shot / sand blasting equipments & air
compressors etc. required to be used shall be suitable for the work and all in good
order and shall be arranged by the contractor at site and in sufficient quantity.
4.2
Mechanical mixing shall be used for paint mixing operations in case of two pack
systems except that the Engineer-In-Charge may allow the hand mixing of small
quantities at his discretion.
5.0
SURFACE PREPARATION,
COATING
PROCEDURE,
DOCUMENTATION
5.1
General
5.1.1
5.1.2
NON COMPATIBLE
APPLICATION
&
SHOP PRIMER,
REPAIR
AND
Mill scale, rust, rust scale and foreign matter shall be removed fully to ensure that a
clean and dry surface is obtained. The minimum acceptable standard in case of
manual or hand tool cleaning shall be St. 2 or equivalent, in case of mechanical or
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 7 of 47
power tool cleaning it shall be St. 3 or equivalent in case of blast cleaning it shall Sa
2-1/2 OR equivalent as per Swedish Standard SIS-055900-1967 or equivalent.
Where highly corrosive conditions exist, then blast cleaning shall be Sa 3 as per
Swedish Standard.
Remove all other contaminants, oil, grease etc. by use of an aromatic solvent prior
to surface cleaning.
5.1.3
Blast cleaning shall not be performed where dust can contaminate surfaces
undergoing such cleaning or during humid weather conditions having humidity
exceed 85%. The temperature of the substrate shall be at least 3deg.C above the dew
point. Dessicant type De-humidifiers shall be used to maintain the Relative
Humidity and Temperature during the application of coating materials. The RH
(Relative Humidity) shall be maintained at less that 60% and air temperature inside
the tanks in the range of 25 40 deg.C shall be maintained for proper chemical
curing of the two component(epoxy) internal coatings of storage tanks. The Dehumidifiers shall be based on at least two air charges per hour of the enclosure.
5.1.4
Irrespective of the method of surface preparation, the first coat of primer must be
applied by brush on dry surface. This should be done immediately and in any case
within 4 hours of cleaning of surface. However, at times of unfavourable weather
conditions, the Engineer-In-Charge shall have the liberty to control the time period,
at his sole discretion and/or to insist on re-cleaning, as may be required, before
primer application is taken up. In general, during unfavourable weather conditions,
blasting and painting shall be avoided as far as practicable.
5.1.5
The external surface of R.C.C. chimney to be painted shall be dry and clean. Any
loose particle of sand, cement, aggregate etc. shall be removed by scrubbing with
soft wire brush if necessary acid etching with 10-15% HCl solution for about 15
minutes shall be carried and surface must be thoroughly washed with water to
remove acid & loose particles then dry completely before application of paint.
5.2
5.2.1
Blast Cleaning
5.2.1.1
5.2.1.2
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 8 of 47
:
:
:
:
Special equipments for water blast cleaning with abrasives now available shall be
used.
5.2.2
5.2.3
Rust, mill scale spatters, old coatings and other foreign matter, shall be removed by
hammering, scrapping tools, emery paper cleaning, wire brushing or combination of
the above methods. On completion of cleaning, loose material shall be removed
from the surface by clean rags and the surface shall be bushed, swept, dusted and
blow off with compressed air/steam to remove all loose matter. Finally the surface
may be washed with water and dried for effective cleaning.
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
5.3
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 9 of 47
5.4
Shop coated (coated with Primer & finishing coat) equipment should not be
repainted unless paint is damaged.
5.5
Shop primed equipment and surfaces will only be 'spot cleaned' in damaged areas by
means of power tool brush cleaning or hand tool cleaning and then spot primed
before applying one coat of field primer unless otherwise specified. If shop primer is
not compatible with field primer then shop coat primer should be completely
removed before application of selected paint system for particular environment.
5.6
For Package units/ equipment, shop primer should be as per the paint system given
in this specification. However, manufacturers standard can be followed after
review.
5.7
5.7.1
Surface shall not be coated in rain, wind or in environment where injurious airborne
elements exists, when the steel surface temperature is less than 5oF above dew point
when the relative humidity is greater than 85% or when the temperature is below
40oF. De-humidifier equipment shall be used to control the RH and Dew point for
proper curing of internal coating of storage tanks.
5.7.2
Blast cleaned surface shall be coated with one complete application of primer as
soon as practicable but in no case later than 4 hrs. the same day.
5.7.3
5.7.4
Each coat shall be in proper state of cure or dryness before the application of
succeeding coat. Material shall be considered dry for recoating when an additional
coat can be applied without the development of any detrimental film irregularities,
such as lifting or loss of adhesion of the under coat. Manufacturer instruction shall
be followed for inter coat interval.
5.7.5
When the successive coat of the same colour have been specified, alternate coat
shall be tinted, when practical, sufficiently to produce enough contrast to indicate
complete coverage of the surface. The tinting material shall be compatible with the
material and not detrimental to its service life.
5.7.6
The equipment used shall be suitable for the intended purpose, shall be
capable of properly atomizing the paint to be applied, and shall be
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 10 of 47
equipped with suitable pressure regulators and gauges. The air caps,
nozzles, and needles shall be those recommended by the manufacturer of
the equipment for the material being sprayed. The equipment shall be kept
in satisfactory condition to permit proper paint application.
b.
c.
d.
The pressure on the material in the pot and of the air at the gun shall be
adjusted for optimum spraying effectiveness. The pressure on the material
in the pot shall be adjusted when necessary for changes in elevation of the
gun above the pot. The atomizing air pressure at the gun shall be high
enough to properly atomize the paint but not so high as to cause excessive
fogging of paint, excessive evaporation of solvent, or less by over spray
e.
Spray equipment shall be kept sufficiently clean so that dirt, dried paint,
and other foreign materials are not deposited in the paint film.
Any solvents left in the equipment shall be completely removed before
applying paint to the surface being painted.
5.7.7
f.
g.
All runs and sags shall be brushed out immediately or the paint shall be
removed and the surface repainted.
h.
i.
j.
k.
Airless spray application shall be in accordance with the following procedure: as per
steel structure paint Manual Vol.1 & Vol.2 by SSPC, USA, Air less spray relies on
hydraulic pressure rather than air atomization to produce the desired spray. An air
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 11 of 47
5.7.9
Brushes shall be of a style and quality that will enable proper application
of paint.
Rounds or oval brushes are most suitable for rivets, bolts, irregular
surface, and rough or pitted steel. Wide flat brushes are suitable for large
flat areas, but they shall not have width over five inches.
Paint shall be applied into all corners.
Any runs or sags shall be brushed out.
There shall be a minimum of brush marks left in the applied paint.
Surfaces not accessible to brushes shall be painted by spray, daubers, or
sheepskin.
5.7.10
For each coat the painter should know the WFT corresponding to the specified DFT
and standardize the paint application technique to achieve the desired WFT. This
has to be ensured in the qualification trial.
5.8
5.8.1
No coat shall be applied until the preceding coat has dried. The material shall be
considered dry for re-coating when another coat can be applied without the
development of any film irregularities such as lifting or loss of adhesion of
undercoats. Drying time of the applied coat should not exceed maximum specified
for it as a first coat; if it exceeds the paint material has possibly deteriorated or
mixing is faulty.
5.8.2
5.8.3
5.8.4
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 12 of 47
No paint shall be force dried under conditions, which will cause checking,
wrinkling, blistering formation of pores, or detrimentally affect the conditions of the
paint.
No drier shall be added to paint on the job unless specifically called for in the
manufacturers specification for the paint.
Paint shall be protected from rain, condensation, contamination, snow and freezing
until dry to the fullest extent practicable.
5.9
5.9.1
Where paint has been damaged in handling and in transportation, the repair of
damaged coating of pre-erection/fabrication shall be as given below.
5.9.2
5.9.3
Repair of damaged pre-erection and shop priming in the design temperature of -90o
C to 400o C.
-
5.10
Paint Application
5.10.1
Shop priming / pre-erection priming with F9 or F12 shall be done only on blasted
surface.
5.10.2
Shop priming / pre-erection priming with F9 or F12 shall be done only with airless
spray.
5.10.3
For large flat surface field painting shall be done by airless spray otherwise brush
can be used.
5.11
Documentation
5.11.1
5.11.2
A written quality plan with procedure for qualification trials and for the actual work.
Daily progress report with details of weather conditions, particular of applications,
no of coats and type of materials applied, anomalies, progress of work versus
program.
Results of measurement of temperatures relative humidity, surface profile, film
thickness, holiday detection, adhesion tests with signature of appropriate authority.
Particulars of surface preparation and paint application during trials and during the
work.
Details of non-compliance, rejects and repairs.
Type of testing equipments and calibration.
Code and batch numbers of paint materials used.
5.11.3
5.11.4
5.11.5
5.11.6
5.11.7
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 13 of 47
3.1
3.2
DESCRIPTION
Manual or
cleaning
hand
tool
This method is
applied when the
surface is exposed
to
normal
atmospheric
conditions when
other
methods
cannot be adopted
and also for spot
cleaning during
maintenance
painting.
SSPC-SP-2
--
--
SSPC-SP-3
--
--
SSPC-SP-5
SA 2
REMARKS
Where extremely
clean surface can
be expected for
prolong life of
paint system.
The
minimum
requirement
for
chemically resistant
paint systems such
as epoxy, vinyl,
polyurethane based
and inorganic zinc
silicate paints, also
for
conventional
paint systems used
under
fairly
corrosive
conditions to obtain
desired life of paint
system.
SL.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
3.3
SA 2
Commercial Blast
Blast cleaning until at
least two-third of each
element of surface area
is free of all visible
residues with desired
surface profile.
SSPC-SP-6
NO.3
3.4
SA 1
Brush-off Blast
Blast cleaning to white
metal
cleanliness,
removal of all visible
rust, mill scale, paint &
foreign matter. Surface
profile is not so
important
SSPC-SP-7
NO.4
6.0
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 14 of 47
REMARKS
PAINT MATERIALS
Paint manufacturers shall furnish the characteristics of all paints materials on printed
literature, alongwith the test certificate for all specified characteristics given in this
specification. All the paint materials shall be on first quality and conform to the
following general characteristics. As per the tables 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3.
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 15 of 47
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
P-2
Chlorinated rubber
Zinc Phosphate
primer.
Type and composition
Single pack, air
drying chlorinated
rubber
based
medium plasticised
with unsaponifiable
plasticizer,
pigmented with zinc
phosphate.
Volume Solids (approx.) 40%.
DFT (Dry Film thickness) 40-45
per coat (approx.)
Theoritical covering
8-10
capacity in M2/ coat/ litre
(approx.)
Weight per litre in kgs/
1.3
litre (approx.)
Touch dry at 30oC
30 minutes
(approx.)
Hard dry at 30oC
24 hrs.
(approx.)
Overcoating interval
Min. : 8 hrs
(approx.)
Max.: No limitations
Pot life (approx.) at 30oC Not
for two component paints Applicable
(approx.)
P-4
P-6
Epoxy zinc
phosphate primer
Two-component
polyamide
cured
epoxy resin medium,
pigmented with zinc
phosphate.
7-8%
8-10
40%
40-50
8-10
8-10
1.2
1.4
2 hrs.
After 30 min.
24 hrs.
24hrs
Min.: 8 hrs.
Max.: 3-6 months
8 hrs.
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 16 of 47
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
F-2
F-3
F-6A/ B
F-7
High build
coaltar epoxy
coating.
Two pack
polyamide cured
epoxy resin
blended with
coaltar medium,
suitably
pigmented
65%
100-125
Acrylic
Polyurethane
finish paint
Two-pack
aliphatic
isocynate cured
acrylic finish
paint.
Chlorinated
rubber based
finish paint
40%.
30-40
40%
40-45
Epoxy-High
Build finishes
paint.
Two-pack F-6 A
polyamine cured
/ polyamide
cured F-6B
epoxy resin
medium suitably
pigmented
62%
100-125
10-13
8-10
5-6
5.2-6.5
1.3
1.2
1.4
1.5
1 hr.
30 minutes.
3 hrs.
4 hrs.
Overnight
8 hrs
Overnight
48 hrs.
Single
pack
plasticised
chlorinated rubber
based
medium
with chemical and
weather resistant
pigments.
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 17 of 47
DESCRIPTION
Technical name
F-8
F-9
F-11
F-12
Inorganic zinc
silicate coating
Heat
resistant
synthetic medium
based two pack
Aluminum paint
suitable
upto
250oC dry temp.
Heat
resistant
silicone
Aluminum paint
suitable
upto
500oC dry temp.
Heat
resistant
synthetic
medium based
two
pack
Aluminum paint
suitable
upto
250oC.
Single
pack
silicone
resin
based medium
with Aluminum
flakes.
Type and
composition
Volume Solids
(approx.)
DFT (Dry Film
thickness) per coat
(approx.)
Theoritical
covering capacity
in M2/ coat/ litre
(approx.)
Weight per liter in
kgs/ litre (approx.)
Touch dry at 30oC
(approx.)
Hard dry at 30oC
(approx.)
Overcoating
interval (approx.)
72%.
60%
25%
20%
100-125
65-75
20-25
20-25
6.0-7.2
8-9
10-12
8-10
1.4
2.3
1.2
1.1
3 hrs.
30 mts.
3 hrs.
30 mts.
24 hrs
12 hrs
12 hrs
24 hrs
Min.: 10 hrs
Max.: 6 months
90 mts.
Min.: 8 hrs.at
Min.: 16 hrs
20oC & 50% RH Max.: Unlimited
Max.: unlimited
4-6 hrs.
Not applicable
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
250oC
Min.: 16 hrs
Max.: unlimited
Not applicable
500oC.
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 18 of 47
DESCRIPTION
Technical name
F-14
F-15
F-16
temperature
Polyamine cured Epoxy phenolic Ambient
curing
Poly
Siloxane/
coal tar epoxy
coating
inorganic copolymer based
aluminium coating suitable
for under insulation coating
of CS and SS piping for
high temperature service
Type and
composition
Volume Solids
(approx.)
DFT (Dry Film
thickness) per coat
(approx.)
Specially
formulated
polyamine cured
coal tar epoxy
suitable for
application
under insulation
70%
65%
125 m
75-100 m
75-100 m
Theoretical covering
capacity in M2/ coat/
litre (approx.)
5.5
6.5- 8.5
6.0- 8.0
1.5
1.7
1.3
4 hrs
2 hrs
1 hr
12 hrs
Min. 6 hrs
Max.5 days
4 hrs
Min. 36 hrs
Max.21 days
1.5 hrs
Min.16 hrs
Max. Not applicable
1 hr
-45oC to 150oC
under insulation
-45oC to 150oC
under insulation
7
8
9
10
11
Temperature
Resistance
NOTES :
1.
2.
3.
4.
6.4
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 19 of 47
7.0
PAINT SYSTEMS
The paint system should vary with type of environment envisaged in and around the
plants. Three types of environment as given below are considered for selection of
paint system. The paint system is also given for specific requirements.
PRIMERS & FINISH COATS COVERED IN TABLE NOS. 7.0 TO 15.0
PRIMERS
P-2
P-4
P-6
:
:
:
FINISH COATS/PAINTS
F-2
F-3
F-6A
F-6B
F-7
F-8
F-9
F-11
F-12
F-14
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
F-15
F-16
:
:
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 20 of 47
DesignTemperature
in oC
-90 to 400
Surface
preparation
SSPC-SP-10
1 coat of F-9
7.1.2
401 to 500
SSPC-SP-10
2 coats of F-12
TABLE 7.2
Sl.
No.
Design
Temp. in
o
C
7.2.1
-90 to 400
7.2.2
401 to 500
TABLE 7.3
Paint system
Surface Preparation
SSPC-SP-3(for repair only)
SSPC-SP-10
SSPC-SP-3 (for repair only)
SSPC-SP-10
Total DFT
in
Paint System
Microns
(min.)
1 coat of F-9 65-75
2 coats of
F-12
40-50
7.3.1
-14 to 80
SSPC-SP-3
Total DFT
in
Paint System
Microns
(min.)
1 coat of F-8
100
7.3.2
81 to 500
SSPC-SP-3
1 coat of F-12
Sl.
No.
Note;
Remarks
Design
Temp. in
o
C
Surface Preparation
20
Remarks
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 21 of 47
8.1
Design
Surface
Temperature
Preparation
o
in C
-90 to -15
SSPC-SP-10
8.2
-14 to 60
SSPC-SP-10
8.3
61 to 80
SSPC-SP-10
8.4
81 to 250
SSPC-SP-10
8.5
251 to 400
SSPC-SP-10
8.6
401 to 500
SSPC-SP-10
Sl.
No.
NOTE 1:
NOTE 2:
NOTE 3:
Total DFT
In Microns
Remarks
Finish paint
(min.)
No
over
None
65-75
coating to be
done. Follow
repair
procedure only
2 coats of F- 225
on damaged
3 @ 40
areas of preDFT/ Coat
erection / pre2x40=80
fabrication
primer /
Coating F-9
1 coat of
245
F-6B@ 100
DFT/Coat
Paint system
Field primer
Repair of prefabrication primer
1 coat of F-9 @
65-75 DFT/coat
Repair of prefabrication primer
1 coat of F-9 @
65-75 DFT/coat +
2 coats of P-2 @
40
DFT/Coat
2x40=80
Repair of prefabrication primer
1 coat of F-9 @
65-75 DFT/coat
+ 2 coats of P-6 @
40
DFT/Coat
2x40=80
Repair of prefabrication primer
1 coat of F-9 @
65-75 DFT/coat
Repair of prefabrication primer
1 coat of F-9 @
65-75 DFT/coat
Repair as per 7.2.2.
3 coats of F- 125
12 @ 20
DFT/Coat
3x20=60
2 coats of F- 105
12 @ 20
DFT/Coat
2x20=40
2 coats of F- 80
12 @ 20
DFT/Coat
2x20=40
F-12 shall be
ambient
temperature
curing type till
operating
temperature is
attained
for
full curing.
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 22 of 47
TABLE 9.0
FIELD PAINT SYSTEM FOR CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT
(FOR CARBON STEEL, LOW TEMPERATURE CARBON STEEL & LOW ALLOY
STEEL) IN PLANT AREA:
For all corrosive areas above ground where H2S, SO2 fumes or spillages of acid/Alkali/Salt
are likely to come in contact with surfaces such as external surfaces of un-insulated columns,
vessels, heat exchangers, blowers, piping, pumps, towers, compressors, and structural steel
etc.
Total
DFT
Remarks
in
Field Primer
Finish Paint Microns
(min.)
None
65-75
Repair of preRepair of prefabrication primer
erection / pre1 coat of F-9 @
fabrication
65-75 DFT/coat
primer shall be
done wherever
245
1 coat of
Repair of predamage
is
fabrication primer F-6A @
observed.
100
1 coat of F-9 @
DFT/coat +
65-75 DFT/coat
Surface
+ 1 coats of P-6 @ 1 coat of F-2
preparation is
@ 40
40 DFT/coat
required only
DFT/coat.
for repairing of
Repair of pre2 coats of
105
damaged prefabrication primer F-12 @ 20
erection/
1 coat of F-9 @
DFT/coat
fabrication
65-75 DFT/coat
2x20=40
primer.
Repair as per 7.2.2. 2 coats of
80
F-12 @ 20
DFT/coat
2x20=40
Paint System
Design
Sl.
Temperature
No.
in oC
Surface
Preparation
9.1
-90 to -15
SSPC-SP-10
9.2
-14 to 80
SSPC-SP-10
9.3
81 to 400
SSPC-SP-10
9.4
401 to 500
SSPC-SP-10
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 23 of 47
TABLE 10.0 : FIELD PAINT SYSTEM FOR HIGHLY CORROSIVE AREAS IN PLANT
AREA (FOR CARBON STEEL, LOW TEMPERATURE CARBON STEEL &
LOW ALLOY STEEL) EXTERNAL SURFACES OF UNINSULATED
COLUMNS, VESSELS, HEAT EXCHANGERS, BLOWERS, PIPING, PUMPS,
TOWERS, COMPRESSORS, STRUCTURAL STEEL ETC.
Exposed to spillage or fumes of HCL, H2SO4, salty water, water impingement, chloride etc.
Surface
Preparation
10.1
-90 to -15
SSPC-SP-10
10.2
-14 to 80
SSPC-SP-10
10.3
81 to 400
SSPC-SP-10
10.4
401 to 500
SSPC-SP-10
Sl.
No.
Total
DFT
Remarks
In
Field Primer
Finish Paint Microns
(min.)
Repair of preNone
65-75
Repair
fabrication primer
procedure of
1 coat of F-9 @
pre65-75 DFT/coat
erection/fabri
cation primer
345
2 coats of
Repair of preshall be
fabrication primer F-6A @ 100
followed. No
DFT/Coat =
1 coat of F-9 @
overcoating is
2x100=200 +
65-75 DFT/coat
allowed.
+ 1 coats of P-6 @ 1 coat of F-2
@ 40
40 DFT/Coat
Surface
DFT/coat.
preparation is
Repair of pre2 coats of
105
required only
fabrication primer F-12 @ 20
for repairing
1 coat of F-9 @
DFT/Coat
of damaged
65-75 DFT/coat
2x20=40
pre-erection/
Repair as per 7.2.2. 2 coats of
80
fabrication
F-12 @ 20
primer.
DFT/Coat
2x20=40
Paint System
Design
Temperature
in oC
TABLE 11.0:
SL.
NO.
Type of
Tank
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
Floating
Roof
Crude
Design
Temp.
-14 to
80degC
Floating
RoofHSD,
Kero,
Gas Oil
Design
Temp.
-14 to
80deg,.
C
Floating
RoofMS/
Naphta
Design
Temp.
-14 to
80deg,.
C
Floating
Roof
cum
fixed
ATF
Design
Temp.
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 24 of 47
Primer
Inter
Finish
Inside Pontoons
Inside Painting
Surface
Surface
Primer
Inside compartment of
pontoons
SSPC-SP10
2 coats
of P-6
@ 40
DFT/
coat =
2x40=
80
Inside compartment of
pontoons
SSPC-SP10
2 coats of
P-6 @
40
DFT/
coat =
2x40=
80
Inside compartment of
pontoons
SSPC-SP10
2 coats
of P-6
@ 40
DFT/
coat =
2x40=
80
Inside compartment of
pontoons,
external
surface of internal roof.
Primer
Finish
-14 to
80deg,.
C
SL. NO.
SSPC-SP10
Type of Tank
1
coat
of
F-6B
@
100
DFT/
coat
1 coat of
F-9* @ 65
DFT/coat +
1 coat of P6 @ 40
DFT/ coat
65+40=
105
External Painting
Surface
Primer
1 coat of
F-2 @
40
DFT/
coat
SSPC-SP10
Total
DFT
=245
Inter
Finish
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 25 of 47
SSPC-SP10
2 coats
of P-6
@ 40
DFT/
coat =
2x40=
80
Inside Pontoons
Surface
Primer
Inside
compartment
pontoons
1 coat
of F-9*
@ 65
DFT/
coat +1
coat of
P-6 @
40
DFT/
coat
= 65+40
=105
Inside Painting
Surface Primer
2 coats
of
F-6A
@
100
DFT/
coat
=2x100
=200
Total
DFT =
305
Finish
Complete
internal
surface of the tank
Floating
Roof- Dry/
Wet slop,
amine, sour
water, water
draw off
tanks
Design
Temp.
-14
to
80deg,.C
11.6
Design
Temp
81 to 400
deg.C
11.6a.
Insulated
Cone roof
tanks
SSPC-SP-10
2
coats of
F-12 @ 20
DFT/coat
=
40
Total
DFT
=105
SSPC-SP-10
2 coats of F12 @ 20
DFT/coat=40
Total
DFT
=105
SSPC-SP-10
11.5
11.6b. UnInsulated
Cone roof
tanks
11.7
Un insulated
Cone
roof
tanks
Design Temp
-14
to
80deg,.C
SSPCSP-10
1 coat of
F-9* @
65
DFT/coat
+ 1 coat
of P-6 @
40
DFT/
coat
65+40=
105
SSPC-SP-10
1 coat
of
F-6B
@
100
DFT/
coat
1 coat of
F-9* @ 65
DFT/coat
1 coat of
F-9* @ 65
DFT/coat
1 coat of
F-2 @ 40
DFT/ coat
Total DFT
=245
SSPCSP-10
of
2
coats
of
P-6 @
40
DFT/
coat =
2x40=
80
SSPCSP-10
1 coat of
F-9*
@
65
DFT/coat
1 coat
of
F-15
@ 75
DFT/
coat
2
coats
of
F-15
@
75
DFT/
coat=
150
Total
DFT=
225
1 coat of F-16
@
100
microns
DFT/coat
Total DFT =165
1 coat of
F-9*
@
65
DFT/coat
1 coat of F-16
@
100
microns
DFT/coat
Total DFT =165
SSPC-SP10
11.8
Un
insulated
Cone roof
tanks
for
ATF
Design Temp
-14
to
80deg,.C
11.9
DM
water
tank and HCL
tanks
Design Temp
-14
to
80deg,.C
1 coat of
F-9* @
65
DFT/coat
+ 1 coat of
P-6 @ 40
DFT/ coat
65+40=
105
1 coat
of
F-6B @
100
DFT/
coat
1 coat
of F-2
@ 40
DFT/
coat
Total
DFT
=245
SSPCSP-10
1 coat of
F-9* @
65
DFT/coat
+ 1 coat
of P-6 @
40
DFT/
coat
65+40=
105
1 coat
of
F-6B
@
100
DFT/
coat
1 coat of
F-2 @ 40
DFT/ coat
1 coat of
F-9* @
65
DFT/coat
+ 1 coat
of P-6 @
40
DFT/
coat
65+40=
105
1 coat
of
F-6B
@
100
DFT/
coat
1 coat of
F-9* @ 65
DFT/coat
1 coat of
F-2 @ 40
DFT/ coat
Total DFT
=245
2 coats of
F-6A @ 100
DFT/ coat = 2 x
100 = 200
Total DFT =265
1 coat of
F-9* @ 65
DFT/ coat +1
coat of P-6
@ 40
DFT/ coat =
105
SSPC-SP10
Total DFT
=245
SSPCSP-10
SSPCSP-10
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 26 of 47
2 coats of
F-6A @
100
DFT/ coat
Total DFT
=305
SSPC-SP-10
minimum
for temperature
150 deg,.C
upto
11.10
EG tanks
Design Temp
-14
to
80deg,.C
SSPCSP-10
*
1.
2.
1 coat of
F-9* @
65
DFT/coat
+ 1 coat
of P-6 @
40
DFT/
coat
65+40=
105
1 coat
of
F-6B
@
100
DFT/
coat
1 coat of F2 @ 40
DFT/ coat
Total DFT
=245
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 27 of 47
SSPC-SP10
3 coats of Vinyl
chloride
copolymer coating
@ 75 microns
DFT/coat
=
3x75=225
microns DFT
Note : During the application of the internal coating of the storage tanks, De-humidifier equipment
shall be used to maintain the desired Relative Humidity , air temperature and surface temperature of
metal, during the blast cleaning to avoid formation of flash rust and during the paint/coating
application to avoid moisture entrapment in the paint/coating and for proper curing of the two
component coatings(epoxy). The Relative Humidity shall be less than 60% and air temperature
between 25-40 deg.C during the curing period of internal coatings.
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 28 of 47
TABLE 12.0 :
COATING SYSTEM FOR EXTERNAL SIDE OF UNDERGROUND
CARBON STEEL PLANT PIPING AND TANKS
Sl.
No.
Design
Tempera-ture
in oC
Paint System
Surface
Preparation
Field Primer
12.1
Carbon steel plant piping (underground)
12.1.1 Yard coating
12.1.1.1 25 to 60
SSPC-SP-10 1 coat of synthetic
fast drying primer
type-B as per
AWWA-C-203
(1991)
1 coat of synthetic
fast drying primer
type-B as per
AWWA-C-203
(1991)
Finish Paint
Total
DFT
in
Microns
(min.)
4 mm
4 mm thick
coaltar
coating
wrapping as
per AWWAC-203 in 2
layers of each
2 mm
thickness.
12.2.2
221 to 400
12.3
12.3.1
12.3.2
12.3.3.
1 Coat of F-16 @
75 DFT/coat
CTE coating
shall confirm
to 120/5 as per
BS:4164
4 mm
2 layers of
coaltar based
tape coating
as per EIL
Standard
Spec. No.
6-79-012
Rev.0
12.2
12.2.1
SSPC-SP-10
Remarks
2 Coat of F15 @ 75
DFT/coat
225
175
Note: No Coating and Wrapping systems are available for underground high temperature services
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 29 of 47
TABLE 13.0 :
PAINTING UNDER INSULATION FOR INSULATED (HOT, COLD &
SAFETY) CARBON STEEL, LOW ALLOY STEEL, LOW TEMPERTURE CARBON STEEL
& STAINLESS STEEL PIPING, STORAGE TANKS AND EQUIPMENTS IN ALL
ENVIRONMENT.
Sl.
No.
13.1
13.1.1
13.1.2
13.2
13.2.1
13.2.2
13.2.3
13.2.4
13.2.5
13.3
Total
Design
Paint system
Surface
DFT in
Tempera-Remarks
Preparation
Microns
ture
Primer
Finish
Paint
(min.)
in oC
Insulated carbon steel, low alloy steel and LTCS piping and equipment & tanks
For other temperature
2 coats of F-14 315
-45 to 125
SSPC-SP-10 Repair of
ranges no painting is
@125
prerequired under
fabrication DFT/coat =
insulation
primer F-9 2x125=250
@ 65-75 OR 3 coats of
F-15=
DFT.
3x80=240
125 135 F-12 shall be ambient
2 Coats of
SSPC-SP-10 Repair of
Operating
temperature curing type
F-12 @20
pretemperature
till operating
fabrication DFT/coat
45 to 125oC
temperature is attained
primer F-9 3x20=60 (or)
but design
for full curing. F-16 is
one coat of
@65-75
temperature
completely ambient
Poly-siloxane
DFT
126-400oC
temperature curing.
coating @ 75
microns
DFT/coat
Insulated stainless steel including Alloy-20 piping
Below 0oC to Aluminum sheeting with aluminum foil and Chloride If
the
piping
&
all minus
free mineral sealant coating barium chromate shall be equipments are already
temperatures applied.
erected than surface
shall be prepared by
250
0 to 120
SSPC-SP-10 None
2 coats of
cleaning with emery
or
(15-25
F-14 @125
paper and wash/flush
240
surface
DFT/COAT
with chloride free DM
profile)
2x125=250 or 3
water
followed
by
coats of
wiping with organic
F-15
solvent.
= 3x80=240
No pre-erection primer
3 coats of
121 to 400
SSPC-SP-10 None
60-75
F-12 @20
to be applied.
DFT/COAT
F-12 shall be ambient
3x20=60 or
temperature curing type
1 coat of F-16 Poly
till final curing is
Siloxane coating
obtained
during
@ 75 microns
operating
temperature.
DFT/coat
F-16 is completely
401 to 600
SSPC-SP-10
3coats of F-12 @
60
ambient
temperature
20 DFT/coat 60
curing type.
SSPC-SP-10 None
2 coats of DFT/coat 150
Cyclic
F-16 Poly Siloxane
service-196
coating @ 75
to 480
micronsDFT/coat =
excepting
2x75=150
-45 to 120
No painting is required for insulated monel, incoloy and nickel lines.
TABLE 14.0 :
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 30 of 47
Water boxes, channels, partition plates, end covers and tube sheets etc.
Sl.
No.
14.1
14.2
Design
Paint system
Surface
Temperature
Preparation
Primer
Finish paint
in oC
Upto 80
SSPC-SP-10 1 coat of P-6 @ 2 coats of
40 DFT/coat
F-7
@125
DFT/coat
2x125=250
2 coats of
SSPC-SP-3
1 coat of P-4 @
Upto 80
@125
8-10 DFT/coat. F-7
Non ferrous
DFT/coat
and brass tube
1 coat of P-6 @ 2x125=250
sheets
40 DFT/coat.
Total DFT
in Microns
Remarks
(min.)
290
For C.S.
300
15.2
Design
Paint System
Surface
Temperature
Preparation
Primer
Finish Paint
in oC
Upto 80
SSPS-SP-3
1 coat of P-4 @ 8- 2 coats of
10 DFT/coat + 1 F-2
@40
coat of P-6 @ 40 DFT/coat
DFT/coat
2x40=80
Upto 80
SSPS-SP-3
1 coat of P-4 @ 8 2 coats of
F-7
@125
Non ferrous
DFT/coat.
DFT/coat
and brass tube
sheets
1 coat of P-6 @ 2x125=250
40 DFT/coat.
Total DFT
in Microns
Remarks
(min.)
130
Shade as per
defence
Requirements.
300
16.0
Sl.
No.
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 31 of 47
Surface
Preparation
SSPS-SP-10
SSPS-SP-10
Blast cleaning
to
SSPC-SP
guide lines and
Acid
etching
with
10-15%
HCl
acid
followed
by
thorough water
washing.
As
per
SMMS-EIL
specification
for Epoxy
screed lining
No.6-06-209
(latest
Revision)
Total
DFT in
Primer
Finish Paint Microns
(min.)
1 coat of F-9 3 coats of
365
@ 65-75 F-6A @100
DFT/coat
DFT/coat
3x100=300
Paint System
As
per 3mm
SMMS-EIL
specifications
for Epoxy
screed lining
as per
6-06-209
(latest
Revision)
4.5mm
Rubber
Lining as per
SMMS-EIL
Spec.
6-06-204
Rev.4
(Latest
revision)
Remarks
Epoxy
screed
lining shall be
used as per
specific
instructions
from Engineerin-Charge
at
site.
17.0
1
18.0
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 32 of 47
STORAGE
All paints and painting materials shall be stored only in rooms to be arranged by
contractor and approved by Engineer-in-charge for the purpose. All necessary
precautions shall be taken to prevent fire. The storage building shall preferably be
separate from adjacent building. A signboard bearing the word PAINT STORAGE
NO NAKED LIGHT HIGHLY INFLAMABLE shall be clearly displayed
outside.
PIPING COLOUR CODE:
The colour code shall be followed as given in Annexure-II.
19.0
20.0
20.1
20.2
Two coats of selected finishing paint as per defence requirement shall be applied in a
particular pattern as per 20.3 and as per the instructions of Engineer-In-Charge.
20.3
Method of Camouflaging
20.3.1 Disruptive painting for camouflaging shall be done in three colours in the ratio of
5:3:2 (all matt finish).
Dark Green
Light Green
5:
3:
20.3.2 The patches should be asymetrical and irregular.
20.3.3
20.3.4
20.3.5
20.3.6
20.3.7
21.0
21.1
All painting materials including primers and thinners brought to site by contractor for
application shall be procured directly from manufactures as per specifications and
shall be accompanied by manufacturer's test certificates. Paint formulations without
certificates are not acceptable.
21.2
Engineer-In-Charge at his discretion, may call for tests for paint formulations.
Contractor shall arrange to have such tests performed including batch-wise test of wet
paints for physical & chemical analysis. All costs there shall be borne by the
contractor.
21.3
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 33 of 47
Surface preparation
Primer application
Each coat of paint
In addition to above, record should include type of shop primer already applied on
equipment e.g. Red oxide zinc chromate or zinc chromate or Red lead primer etc.
Any defect noticed during the various stages of inspection shall be rectified by the
contractor to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-In-Charge before proceeding further.
Irrespective of the inspection, repair and approval at intermediate stages of work,
contractor shall be responsible for making good any defects found during final
inspection/guarantee period/defect liability period as defined in general condition of
contract. Dry film thickness (D F T)) shall be checked and recorded after application
of each coat and extra coat of paint should be applied to make-up the DFT specified
without any extra cost to owner, the extra cost should have prior approval of
Engineer-in-charge.
21.4
Primer Application
After surface preparation, the primer should be applied to cover the crevices, corners,
sharp edges etc. in the presence of inspector nominated by Engineer-In-Charge.
21.4.1 The shades of successive coats should be slightly different in colour in order to ensure
application of individual coats, the thickness of each coat and complete coverage
should be checked as per provision of this specification. This should be approved by
Engineer-In-Charge before application of successive coats.
21.4.2 The contractor shall provide standard thickness measurement instrument with
appropriate range(s) for measuring.
Dry film thickness of each coat, surface profile gauge for checking of surface profile
in case of sand blasting. Holiday detectors and pinhole detector and protector
whenever required for checking in case of immersion conditions.
21.4.2 Prior to application of paints on surfaces of chimneys, the thickness of the individual
coat shall be checked by application of each coat of same paint on M.S.test panel.
The thickness of paint on test panels shall be determined by using gauge such as
'Elkometer'. The thickness of each coat shall be checked as per provision of this
specification. This shall be approved by Engineer-In-Charge before application of
paints on surface of chimney.
21.4.3 At the discretion of Engineer-In-Charge, the paint manufacturer must provide the
expert technical service at site as and when required. This service should be free of
cost and without any obligation to the owner, as it would be in the interest of the
manufacturer to ensure that both surface preparation and application are carried out as
per their recommendations.
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 34 of 47
21.4.4 Final inspection shall include measurement of paint dry film thickness, Adhesion,
Holiday detection check of finish and workmanship. The thickness should be
measured at as many points/ locations as decided by Engineer-In-Charge and shall be
within + 10% of the dry film thickness, specified in the specifications.
21.4.5 The contractor shall arrange for spot checking of paint materials for Sp.gr., glow time
(ford cup) and spreading rate.
22.0
GUARANTEE
22.1
The contractor shall guarantee that the chemical and physical properties of paint
materials used are in accordance with the specifications contained herein/to be
provided during execution of work.
The contractor shall produce test reports from manufacturer regarding the quality of
the particular batch of paint supplied. The Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right to
test wet samples of paint at random for quality of same, as per the paint materials
specification. Batch test reports of the manufacturer's for each batch of paints
supplied shall be made available by the contractor. The contractor shall stand
guarantee for carrying out the rectification/repair/re-painting of the defects/ failures of
painting found during the execution of painting job and till the expiry of the defect
liability period of total project as per the directions of the Engineer-in-Charge of
MRPL/EIL.
22.2
23.0
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 35 of 47
ANNEXURE-I
LIST OF RECOMMENDED MANUFACTURERS
Indian Vendors
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Foreign Vendors
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
The following are approved vendors for speciality items (phosphating chemical) only.
1. Mark-chem Incorporated, Mumbai .
2.Chemtreat India Ltd., Navi Mumbai
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 36 of 47
Annexure-II -Paint Color Code for Piping & Equipment given by MRPL Document No.
00-ES-100-004, Rev. 5 dated 24/12/2006
to
Specification No.6782-0642-PT-L06 Rev.2
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 37 of 47
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 38 of 47
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 39 of 47
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 40 of 47
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 41 of 47
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 42 of 47
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 43 of 47
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 44 of 47
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 45 of 47
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 46 of 47
6782-0642-PT-C07
Rev. 3
Page 47 of 47
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 1 of 38
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 2 of 38
Abbreviations:
AFC
BM
CT
CPT
GI
IBR
Id
IQI
IRC
JB
MS
MT
NDT
OMC
PCC
P&ID
PQR
PT
PVC
PWHT
RCC
RF
RMC
SPT
U/G
WBM
WPS
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 3 of 38
CONTENTS
S.NO
DESCRIPTION
DOCUMENT NO.
PAGE NO.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Antitermite Treatment
Plastering
Doors, Widows & Ventilators
Painting (Building Works)
Sanitary Fittings
Water Proofing (Roof)
False Flooring & False Ceiling
Under-Deck Insulation
Roofing Accessories
Lighting Works (Non-Plant Buildings)
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 4 of 38
GENERAL NOTE
The enclosed ITP's shall be followed for the works to be performed by the EPCC contractor. The
provisions indicated for stagewise inspection by EIL/Owner are the minimum and the Engineer-InCharge may decide to increase Hold Points/ Witness Points. Activities for which ITP's are not
given, EPCC contractor to develop and get the same approved by EIL/Owner well before start of the
work.
EPCC contractor to submit required reporting formats and job procedures for each activity listed in
ITP's and submit to EIL/Owner for approval, well before commencement of the activity. If the
EPCC contractor has to deviate from the given ITP for a valid reason, he shall obtain prior written
approval of EIL/Owner. EPCC contractor to carry out 100% examination of all activities.
LEGEND
HP
Hold Point ;
A point which requires inspection/verification and acceptance by Owner/EIL before any
further processing is permitted.
The EPCC contractor shall not process the activity/item beyond a Hold Point without
written approval by Owner/EIL except where prior written permission for further
processing is available.
Witness Point ;
An activity which requires witnessing by Owner/EIL when the activity is performed.
After proper notification has been provided (notification modalities and period shall be
finalized before hand), the EPCC contractor is not obliged to hold further processing if
Owner/EIL is not available to witness the activity or does not provide comments before
the date notified. Basis of acceptance shall be as per relevant technical specification.
Rw
WC
Responsibility for execution of the inspection/testing is with the EPCC contractor; Owner/EIL
only verifies examination or testing done by the EPCC contractor at important stages
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 5 of 38
6782-6-82-2701 REV 0
LAND & TOPOGRAPHICAL SURVEY
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
WC
WC
HP
WC
WC
WC
WC
WC
Rw
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP No.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 6 of 38
6782-6-82-2702 REV 0
SOIL INVESTIGATION
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
WC
2.
WC
HP
WC
3.
WC
4.
WC
S/Rw
5.
WC
W/Rw
6.
WC
WC
Rw
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 7 of 38
6782-6-82-2703 REV 0
SITE GRADING
SL.
NO.
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
WC
WC
HP
WC
WC
WC
WC
WC
WC
HP
WC
8.
1.
2
ACTIVITY
3.
WC
W/Rw
9.
WC
10.
WC
Rw
11.
WC
WC
Rw
WC
WC
WC
Rw
12.
13.
14.
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 8 of 38
6782-6-82-2704 REV 0
EXCAVATION
SL.
NO.
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
WC
HP
WC
2.
Layout checking
WC
3.
WC
4.
WC
WC
6.
WC
7.
WC
8.
WC
9.
WC
1.
5.
ACTIVITY
WC
Rw
WC
WC
WC
WC
WC
Rw
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 9 of 38
6782-6-82-2705 REV 0
BACK FILLING
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
WC
2.
WC
3.
WC
HP
WC
4.
WC
5.
WC
W/Rw
6.
WC
WC
Rw
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 10 of 38
6782-6-82-2706 REV 0
UNDERGROUND PIPING (RCC/CI)
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
Checking of material
WC
2.
WC
WC
HP
WC
4.
WC
5.
WC
6.
WC
7.
WC
8.
WC
HP
WC
WC
WC
Rw
WC
Rw
3.
9.
10.
11.
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 11 of 38
6782-6-82-2707 REV 0
WBM ROADS
SL.
NO.
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
WC
HP
WC
2.
WC
3.
WC
HP
4.
WC
5.
WC
6.
WC
7.
WC
8.
WC
9.
WC
WC
Rw
1.
ACTIVITY
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 12 of 38
6782-6-82-2708 REV 0
BLACK TOPPING (PREMIX CARPEITNG)
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
WC
Rw
2.
WC
HP
WC
3.
WC
4.
WC
5.
WC
6.
WC
7.
WC
8.
WC
9.
WC
10.
WC
11.
WC
12.
Berm preparation
WC
13.
Final Inspection
WC
HP
WC
Rw
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 13 of 38
6782-6-82-2709 REV 0
TANK PADS
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
WC
Rw
2.
WC
3.
WC
HP
WC
4.
WC
5.
WC
6.
WC
7.
WC
8.
Compaction tests
WC
W/Rw
9.
WC
10.
WC
11.
WC
12.
WC
Rw
13.
WC
HP
WC
Rw
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 14 of 38
6782-6-82-2710 REV 0
MICRO GRADING
SL.
NO.
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
WC
HP
WC
2.
WC
3.
WC
4.
WC
5.
WC
6.
WC
7.
Final inspection
WC
HP
WC
Rw
1.
ACTIVITY
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 15 of 38
6782-6-82-2740 REV 0
UNDERGROUND PIPING (STEEL)
(Sheet 1 of 6)
SL.
NO
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
A.
PRIOR TO FABRICATION
1.
WC
2.
WC
WC
Rw
RW
WPS/PQR
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
WC
WC
WC
WC
HP
HP
RW
HP
3.
4.
WC
WC
HP
HP
5.
WC
WC
WC
HP
HP
HP
6.
WC
Rw
7.
Joint numbering
WC
Rw
WC
HP
9.
WC
B.
1.
WC
WC
WC
S
S
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 16 of 38
(Sheet 2 of 6)
SL.
NO
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
2.
WC
3.
WC
4.
WC
5.
WC
6.
Baking of Electrodes
WC
7.
WC
8.
WC
9.
PT/MT
WC
10.
WC
11.
Radiography Interpretation
WC
HP
C.
1.
Procedure Review
WC
HP
2.
WC
3.
WC
4.
WC
HP
5.
WC
HP
6.
6a.
WC
WC
S
HP
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 17 of 38
(Sheet 3 of 6)
SL.
NO
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
7.
WC
HP
8.
WC
D.
LAYING
1.
WC
2.
WC
3.
WC
HP
4.
WC
HP
5.
WC
Rw
6.
WC
HP
7.
Application of primer
WC
8.
WC
9.
WC
10.
WC
11.
WC
HP
12.
Holiday testing
WC
HP
13.
Peel test
WC
HP
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 18 of 38
(Sheet 4 of 6)
SL.
NO
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
14.
Lifting arrangement
WC
15.
WC
16.
WC
HP
17.
WC
18.
WC
19.
WC
E.
SYSTEM COMPLETION
1.
WC
Annex-2
2.
WC
Rw
3.
System testing
WC
HP
WC
Rw
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 19 of 38
(Sheet 5 of 6)
ANNEXURE 1
SL.
NO
ACTIVITY
.
A. MECHANICAL COMPLETION RECORD (U/G Piping)
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
Rw
1a
Mechanical clearance
- Conformity with drawing
- Material as per Specification
WC
WC
HP
Rw
WC
WC
WC
WC
WC
WC
WC
Rw
Rw
Rw
Rw
Rw
Rw
Rw
WC
HP
3.
WC
WC
WC
WC
Rw
Rw
Rw
Rw
WC
WC
Rw
Rw
WC
Rw
1b
4.
Laying
- Trench leveling
- Lowering & checking for damages in
wrapping & coating, their repair,
Holiday testing, etc.
- Backfilling
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 20 of 38
(Sheet 6 of 6)
ANNEXURE 2
TIE-IN
EPCC CONTRACTOR
----------------------------WC
EIL
------W
FIT UP
ROOT RUN DP
WC
FINAL RUN DP
WC
RADIOGRAPH REVIEW
WC
HP
PWHT HARDNESS
WC
Rw
RF PAD TESTING
WC
HP
WC
COATING, WRAPPING
WC
PEEL TEST
WC
HP
HOLIDAY TESTING
WC
HP
WC
HP
BACK FILLING
WC
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 21 of 38
6782-6-82-2741 REV 0
PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE
SL.
NO.
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
WC
HP
WC
2.
WC
3.
Mix proportion
WC
4.
WC
5.
WC
6.
WC
7.
Curing
WC
WC
Rw
1.
ACTIVITY
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 22 of 38
6782-6-82-2742 REV 0
RCC(SUB-STRUCTURE)
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
WC
Rw
2.
WC
HP
WC
3.
WC
4.
WC
5.
Design of mix
WC
HP
6.
WC
7.
WC
8.
WC
9.
WC
10.
Pour Card
WC
HP
11.
WC
12.
WC
13.
Casting of cubes
WC
14.
Curing
WC
15.
Testing of cubes
WC
16.
Removal of shuttering
WC
17.
WC
18.
WC
Rw
WC
Rw
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 23 of 38
6782-6-82-2743 REV 0
RCC (SUPER-STRUCTURE)
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
WC
Rw
2.
WC
HP
WC
3.
Checking of layout
WC
4.
WC
W/Rw
5.
Design of mix
WC
HP
6.
WC
7.
WC
8.
WC
9.
WC
10.
WC
11.
WC
12.
Pour Card
WC
HP
13.
WC
14.
Casting of cubes
WC
15.
Curing
WC
16.
Testing of cubes
WC
17.
WC
18.
WC
19.
WC
20.
WC
Rw
WC
HP
WC
Rw
21.
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 24 of 38
6782-6-82-2744 REV 0
RCC (CRITICAL STRUCTURES)
Like Technological structures, Water retaining structures,
Rotating eqpt. Foundations, Cooling towers, Chimney
SL.
ACTIVITY
NO.
1
Approval of source of materials
2.
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
WC
EIL
Rw
WC
HP
WC
3.
Checking of layout
WC
4.
WC
5.
WC
6.
Design of mix
WC
HP
7.
WC
WC
WC
10.
WC
11.
WC
12.
WC
13.
WC
Rw
14.
WC
HP
15.
WC
16.
Casting of cubes
WC
17.
Curing
WC
18.
Testing of cubes
WC
19.
WC
20.
WC
21.
WC
22.
WC
Rw
23.
WC
HP
WC
Rw
8.
9.
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 25 of 38
6782-6-82-2745 REV 0
RCC FLOORING/PAVEMENT
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
WC
Rw
2.
WC
HP
WC
3.
WC
4.
WC
5.
WC
HP
6.
WC
Rw
7.
WC
8.
WC
9.
WC
10.
WC
11.
WC
12.
WC
13.
WC
HP
14.
WC
15.
WC
16.
WC
17.
WC
18.
WC
19.
WC
Rw
WC
HP
WC
Rw
20.
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 26 of 38
6782-6-82-2746 REV 0
BRICK MASONRY
SL.
NO.
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
WC
HP
WC
2.
WC
3.
Cleaning of surface
WC
4.
Wetting of bricks
WC
5.
WC
6.
WC
7.
WC
8.
WC
9.
WC
10.
WC
11.
WC
12.
Embedment of fixtures
WC
13.
Curing
WC
14.
WC
Rw
WC
Rw
1.
ACTIVITY
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 27 of 38
6782-2-82-2747 REV 0
STRUCTURE STEEL WORKS
S.
NO
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
WC
HP
WC
2.
WC
Rw
3.
WC
Rw
b) Testing, if any
WC
Rw
WC
HP
WC
Rw
5.
WC
HP
6.
Layout checking
WC
7.
WC
8.
WC
Rw
FABRICATION ACTIVITIES
WC
Rw
WC
WC
WC
WC
Rw
WC
WC
WC
S/Rw
Correctness of location
WC
WC
WC
WC
Grouting
WC
WC
WC
Rw
WC
HP
WC
Rw
4.
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 28 of 38
6782-6-82-2748 REV 0
CAST IN SITU/DRIVEN PILES
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
WC
Rw
WC
WC
Design of mix
WC
HP
WC
WC
WC
HP
Concreting, testing
WC
Casting of cubes/Testing
WC
10
WC
WC
11
12
13
WC
W/Rw
WC
Rw
WC
Rw
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 29 of 38
6782-6-82-2771 REV 0
ANTITERMITE TREATMENT
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
WC
HP
2.
WC
3.
WC
WC
WC
WC
Rw
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 30 of 38
6782-6-82-2772 REV 0
PLASTERING
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
WC
2.
WC
WC
WC
5.
WC
6.
WC
7.
WC
Curing
WC
WC
HP
WC
Rw
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 31 of 38
6782-6-82-2773 REV 0
DOORS, WINDOWS & VENTILATORS
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
Checking of material
WC
Sample Approval
WC
HP
WC
WC
WC
WC
WC
WC
HP
WC
10
WC
WC
HP
WC
Rw
11
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 32 of 38
6782-6-82-2774 REV 0
PAINTING (BUILDING WORKS)
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
WC
2.
WC
Rw
3.
HP
4.
WC
Curing, if any
WC
WC
HP
WC
Rw
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 33 of 38
6782-6-82-2775 REV 0
SANITARY FITTINGS
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
WC
2.
WC
3.
WC
4.
WC
WC
WC
HP
WC
Rw
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 34 of 38
6782-6-82-2776 REV 0
WATER PROOFING (ROOF)
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
WC
2.
WC
3.
WC
4.
WC
5.
WC
6.
WC
7.
WC
HP
8.
Cleaning of surface
WC
9.
WC
Rw
WC
Rw
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 35 of 38
6782-6-82-2777 REV 0
FALSE FLOORING AND FALSE CEILING
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
FALSE FLOORING
1.
WC
Rw
2.
Checking of material
WC
3.
WC
4.
WC
5.
WC
FALSE CEILING
1.
WC
Rw
2.
Checking of material
WC
3.
WC
4.
WC
5.
WC
WC
Rw
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 36 of 38
6782-6-82-2778 REV 0
UNDER-DECK INSULATION
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
WC
2.
WC
3.
WC
WC
WC
Finishing
WC
WC
HP
WC
Rw
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 37 of 38
6782-2-82-2779 REV 0
ROOFING ACCESSORIES
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
WC
2.
WC
3.
WC
4.
WC
WC
WC
WC
Rw
NOTE :
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
ITP NO.
6782-6-82-2700 Rev 0
Page 38 of 38
6782-6-82-2799 REV 0
LIGHTING WORKS FOR NON PLANT BUILDINGS
SL.
NO.
ACTIVITY
EPCC
CONTRACTOR
EIL
1.
WC
2.
WC
3.
WC
4.
WC
5.
WC
6.
WC
7.
WC
8.
WC
9.
WC
10.
WC
11.
WC
12.
WC
13.
WC
14.
WC
Rw
WC
Rw
Pl. refer page 4 of 38 for definition of WC, Rw, HP, W, S and document No. 6782-00-19-40-5000 for formats
6-82-1700 Rev 1
Page 39 of 65
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 1 of 63
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 2 of 63
COUNTRY
MECHANICAL (EQUIPMENT)
1.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
A J SERVICES
GMM PFAUDLER LTD
MIXRITE CORPORATION
RATHI LIGHTNIN MIXERS PVT LTD
REMI PROCESS PLANT & MACHINERY LTD
STANDARD ENGINEERS
2.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
3.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
CHEMINEER INC.
DORR-OLIVER
GMM PFAUDLER LTD
HITACHI LTD (JAPAN)
JANSEN MIXER INTERNATIONAL
LIGHTNIN MIXERS LTD
LUMPP S.A.
METSO MINERALS CANADA INC
MILTON ROY MIXING (FORMLY ROBIN R559)
MISSENARD-QUINT INDUSTRIES
MITSUBISHI KAKOKI KAISHA LTD
MIXING SOLUTIONS LTD. (FRMLY P658)
RATHI LIGHTNIN MIXERS PVT LTD
REMI PROCESS PLANT & MACHINERY LTD
4.0
1
2
3
4
5.0
1
2
3
4
5
6.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
7.0
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A
U.K.
FRANCE
FRANCE
FRANCE
JAPAN
U.K.
U.S.A
U.S.A
INDIA
JAPAN
U.S.A
U.K.
FRANCE
INDIA
FRANCE
FRANCE
JAPAN
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
FRANCE
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
8.0
1
2
BY CAST N.V
KAMAL ENGINEERING CORPORATION
9.0
1
2
BY CAST N.V
KAMAL ENGINEERING CORPORATION
10.0
1.
2
3
BHEL (TRICHY)
BHPV
THERMAX BABCOCK & WILCOX LTD
11.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
12.0
BURNER-CONVENTIONAL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
13.0
BURNER-DUCT
1
2
3
14.0
1
2
3
4
15.0
CENTRIFUGE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
16.0
1
2
3
17.0
CHLORINATOR
1
2
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 3 of 63
COUNTRY
BELGIUM
INDIA
BELGIUM
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A
U.K.
LUXEMBOURGE
NETHERLANDS
U.S.A
INDIA
U.K.
LUXEMBOURGE
U.S.A.
U.K.
LUXEMBOURGE
U.S.A
U.S.A.
GERMANY
GERMANY
GERMANY
GERMANY
GERMANY
SWITZERLAND
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
18.0
COALESCER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
19.0
1
2
3
4
20.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
21.0
1
2
3
4
5
22.0
1
2
3
23.0
24.0
DEMISTER
1
2
3
4
25.0
DG SET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
BHEL(BHOPAL)
DAIHATSU DIESEL MANUFACTURING CO LTD
DIESEL LOCOMOTIVE WORKS
FUJI ELECTRIC CO LTD
GARDEN REACH SHIPBUILDERS & ENGRS. LTD.
GENERGY PLC
GREAVES COTTON LTD.
JEEVAN DIESELS & ELECTRICALS LTD
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 4 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
UK
INDIA
INDIA
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
26.0
DIESEL ENGINE
1
2
3
4
5
6
27.0
1
2
3
4
28.0
DRIER- AIR/GAS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
29.0
1
2
3
30.0
EJECTOR (ENGINEERED)
1
2
3
4
5
6
BHEL (HYDERABAD)
GODREJ & BOYCE MFG. CO. LTD.
MAZDA LIMITED
MICRO PRECISION PRODUCTS PVT LTD
NEW FIELD INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT PVT LTD
SSP PVT LTD
31.0
EJECTOR (UNENGINEERED)
1
2
MAZDA LIMITED
NEW FIELD INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT PVT LTD
32.0
ELECTRIC HOISTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 5 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
U.K
GERMANY
JAPAN
INDIA
GERMANY
U.S.A
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
FRANCE
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
FRANCE
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
USA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
33.0
FAN- ID/FD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
34.0
FILTER - BASKET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
35.0
FILTER - CARTRIDGE/CANDLE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
36.0
FILTER SEPARATOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
37.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 6 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
JAPAN
INDIA
U.K
U.S.A
GERMANY
JAPAN
INDIA
GERMANY
NETHERLANDS
U.K
INDIA
ITALY
U.S.A
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
GERMANY
FRANCE
NETHERLANDS
GERMANY
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
U.K
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A
U.S.A
NETHERLANDS
U.K
U.S.A
ITALY
INDIA
GERMANY
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
JAPAN
ITALY
LUXEMBOURGE
U.S.A.
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
ZEECO INC.
38.0
39.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
AERO ENGINEERS
BHEL (HARIDWAR)
BHEL (HYDERABAD)
BHEL (TRICHY)
BHEL(BHOPAL)
BHPV
BUILDWORTH LIMITED
GANSONS LTD.
GEECY ENGINEERING PVT LTD
GODREJ & BOYCE MFG. CO. LTD.
GR ENGINEERNGG WORKS LTD (TARAPORE)
HINDUSTAN DORR-OLIVER LTD
INDIA TUBE MILLS & METAL IND LTD
INDUS PROJECTS LIMITED
INDUSTRIAL MANUFACTURERS
ISGEC (A UNIT OF SARASWATI INDL.SYND.)
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD (HAZIRA WORKS)
LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD (RANOLI WORKS)
LLOYDS STEEL INDUSTRIES LTD.
MEENAKSHI ASSOCIATES PVT LTD
PATELS AIRTEMP (INDIA) LTD
PRABHA STEEL INDUSTRIES
PRECISION EQUIPMENTS (CHENNAI) PVT LTD
TECHNO PROCESS EQUIPMENTS (INDIA) LTD
TEMA INDIA LTD
TEMA INDIA LTD (KONDENSING EQUIPMENTS)
TITANIUM EQPT & ANODE MANUFACTURERS
UNIVERSAL HEAT EXCHANGERS LTD
WALCHANDNAGAR INDUSTRIES LTD
40.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
41.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 7 of 63
COUNTRY
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
42.0
1
2
43.0
MECH.SEAL PUMP
1
2
3
4
5
44.0
PUMP-CENT. (BFW)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
45.0
PUMP-CENT.CAN MOTOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
CRANE CO
HERMATIC PUMPEN GMBH
HYDRODYNE INDIA PVT LTD
KLAUS UNION ENGINEERING PVT LTD
NIKKISO CO LTD (NIKKISO K.K.)
46.0
PUMP-CENT.HOR (GWS)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12.
13
14
15
16
17
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 8 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
NETHERLANDS
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A.
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
U.K.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
SINGAPORE
U.K.
SINGAPORE
GERMANY
INDIA
GERMANY
JAPAN
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A.
INDIA
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
47.0
PUMP-CENT.HOR (LCWS)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
48.0
PUMP-CENT.HOR (SPP)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
49.0
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 9 of 63
COUNTRY
JAPAN
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A
GERMANY
INDIA
SINGAPORE
U.K.
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A.
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
U.K.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
SINGAPORE
U.K.
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A.
INDIA
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
U.K.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
SINGAPORE
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A.
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
50.0
PUMP-CENT.VERT(GPP)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
51.0
PUMP-CENT.VERT (LCWS)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
52.0
PUMP-CENT.VERT. (GWS)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 10 of 63
COUNTRY
JAPAN
U.K.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
SINGAPORE
U.K.
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A.
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
SINGAPORE
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A.
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
U.K.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
SINGAPORE
U.K.
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A.
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
53.0
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
16.
18.
19.
20.
54.0
PUMP-RECIPRO. (CV)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
55.0
PUMP-RECIPRO. (DIAPH)
1
2.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
56.0
PUMP-ROTARY.GEAR
1
2
3
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 11 of 63
COUNTRY
GERMANY
JAPAN
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
SINGAPORE
U.K.
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A.
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
U.K.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
SINGAPORE
GERMANY
GERMANY
SINGAPORE
FRANCE
U.S.A.
INDIA
JAPAN
GERMANY
TALY
SINGAPORE
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
GERMANY
SINGAPORE
FRANCE
NETHERLANDS
U.S.A
INDIA
JAPAN
GERMANY
ITALY
SINGAPORE
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
4
5
6
7
8
9
HYDROPOWER CORPORATION
MAAG PUMPS SYSTEMS AG
NAGANO KEIKI SEISAKUSHO LTD
SHIMADZU CORPORATION
VIKING PUMP INC
WITTE PUMPS & TECHNOLOGY GMBH
57.0
PUMP-ROTARY. SCREW
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
58.0
PUMP_CENT.HOR (GPP)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
59.0
1
2
THERMAX LIMITED
VOLTAS LIMITED
60.0
SILENCER
1
2
3
4
61.0
SOOT BLOWER
1
2
3
4
BHEL (TRICHY)
CLYDE BERGEMANN LIMITED
DIAMOND POWER SPEACIALITY LTD
RIZZI ENERGY SPA
62.0
TURBINE-GAS
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 12 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
SWITZERLAND
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A
GERMANY
INDIA
GERMANY
GERMANY
U.S.A.
SWEDEN
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.K.
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.S.A.
INDIA
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
SINGAPORE
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
U.K.
ITALY
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
14.
15.
16.
BHEL (HYDERABAD)
DEMAG DELAVAL INDL. TURBO MACHINERY
DRESSER RAND COMPANY
EBARA CORPORATION (JAPAN)
FIAT AVIAZIONE
GE POWER SYSTEMS
HITACHI LTD (JAPAN)
ISHIKAWAJIMA HARIMA HEAVY IND CO LTD
KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD
MAN TURBOMASCHINEN AG
MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD
NUOVO PIGNONE SPA (ITALY) (GE OILCO.)
ROLLS ROYCE ENERGY SYSTEMS INC.
SOLAR TURBINES INC
WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORPORATION
63.0
TURBINE-STEAM (GP)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
64.0
TURBINE-STEAM (SP)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
65.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 13 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
ENGLAND
U.S.A.
JAPAN
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
JAPAN
JAPAN
GERMANY
JAPAN
ITALY
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
INDIA
GERMANY
U.S.A.
JAPAN
ITALY
U.K.
JAPAN
GERMANY
JAPAN
ITALY
U.K.
JAPAN
JAPAN
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
SWITZERLAND
INDIA
GERMANY
U.S.A.
JAPAN
U.S.A
FRANCE
ITALY
U.K.
JAPAN
GERMANY
JAPAN
ITALY
U.K.
JAPAN
GERMANY
U.S.A
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 14 of 63
COUNTRY
MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
1.0
1
2
3
4
2.0
1
2
3
4
5
3.0
COATING TAPES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
4.0
1
2
3
5.0
DELUGE VALVE
1
2
6.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
7.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
8.0
1
2
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
U.S.A
U.K.
U.K.
U.K.
U.S.A
JAPAN
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
FRANCE
FRANCE
AUSTRIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
3
4
5
6
9.0
FOAM MAKER
1
2
3
10.0
FOAM MONITOR
1
2
3
4
11.0
FOAM NOZZLES
1
2
3
4
12.0
13.0
HOSE DELIVERY
1
2
3
14.0
HYDRANT/LANDING VALVE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
15.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
ACHINT CHEMICALS
CARBORUNDUM UNIVERSAL LTD
CASTWELL INDUSTRIES
JSL REFRACTORIES LIMITED
MAITHAN CERAMICS LTD
MANISHRI REFRACTORIES & CERAMICS PVT LTD
MPR REFRACTORIES
OCL INDIA LTD
PACIFIC REFRACTORIES LTD
PROGRESSIVE REFRACTORY & MONOLITHICS
SHARAD REFRACTORIES PVT LTD
SHARADA CERAMICS PVT LTD
TATA REFRACTORIES LIMITED
VESUVIUS INDIA LTD
16.0
INSULATING BRICKS
1
2
3
4
5
6
ACHINT CHEMICALS
CARBORUNDUM UNIVERSAL LTD
MAITHAN CERAMICS LTD
MPR REFRACTORIES
NAVRANG REFRACTORIES (P) LTD
NUTECH REFRACTORIES PVT LTD
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 15 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
17.0
INSULATING JOINTS
1
2
3
4
18.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
19.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
20.0
1
2
21.0
SPRAY NOZZLES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
22.0
1
2
3
4
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 16 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
U.S.A.
INDIA
FRAMCE
U.K.
U.K.
INDIA
LUXEMBOURGE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
23.0
WATER MONITOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
24.0
WATER SPRINKLER
1
2
3
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 17 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 18 of 63
COUNTRY
PIPING
1.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
2.0
EXPANSION JOINT-(FABRIC)
1
2
3
3.0
EXPANSION JOINT-METALLIC
LONESTAR INDUSTRIES
4.0
1
2
3
4
5.0
EXPLOSION CLADDING
1
2
6.0
FASTENERS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
AEP COMPANY
BOLTMASTER INDIA PVT LTD
DEEPAK FASTENERS LIMITED
FASTENERS & ALLIED PRODUCTS PVT LTD.
HARDWIN FASTENERS PVT LTD.
J.J.INDUSTRIES
MULTI FASTENERS PVT LTD
NEXO INDUSTRIES
OME METALLURGICA ERBESE S.r.l.
PACIFIC FORGING & FASTENERS PVT LTD
PIONEER NUTS & BOLTS PVT LTD
PRECISION AUTO ENGINEERS
PRECISION ENGG. INDUSTRIES
PRESIDENT ENGINEERING WORKS
SANDEEP ENGINEERING WORKS
7.0
1
2
3
CSA FITTINGS
EBY FASTENERS
M.S. FITTINGS MFG. CO PVT LTD
8.0
1
2
3
4
5
CSA FITTINGS
EBY FASTENERS
LEADER VALVES LTD
M.S. FITTINGS MFG. CO PVT LTD
R.N.GUPTA & CO. LTD
U.K.
U.S.A.
ITALY
GERMANY
GERMANY
AUSTRALIA
U.K.
FRANCE
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
9.0
1
2
3
CSA FITTINGS
EBY FASTENERS
M.S. FITTINGS MFG. CO PVT LTD
10.0
1
2
11.0
1
2
3
4
12.0
13.0
1
2
3
14.0
1
2
3
4
5
EBY INDUSTRIES
EFTEN ENGINEERING PVT. LTD.
SIDHARTH & GAUTAM ENGINEERS
TEEKAY TUBES PVT LTD
TUBE PRODUCTS INCORPORATE
15.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
16.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CSA FITTINGS
DEE DEVELOPMENT ENGINEERS LIMITED
EBY INDUSTRIES
EFTEN ENGINEERING PVT. LTD.
GUJRAT INFRAPIPES PVT. LIMITED
M.S. FITTINGS MFG. CO PVT LTD
SIDHARTH & GAUTAM ENGINEERS
TEEKAY TUBES PVT LTD
TUBE PRODUCTS INCORPORATE
17.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CSA FITTINGS
DEE DEVELOPMENT ENGINEERS LIMITED
EBY INDUSTRIES
GUJRAT INFRAPIPES PVT. LIMITED
ICEM ENGINEERING COMPANY LTD
M.S. FITTINGS MFG. CO PVT LTD
SIDHARTH & GAUTAM ENGINEERS
TEEKAY TUBES PVT LTD
TUBE PRODUCTS INCORPORATE
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 19 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
18.0
1
2
3
4
EBY INDUSTRIES
ICEM ENGINEERING COMPANY LTD
TEEKAY TUBES PVT LTD
TUBE PRODUCTS INCORPORATE
19.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
20.0
FITTINGS TO IS-1239
21.0
FITTINGS-IMPORTED (MANUFACTURERS)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
22.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
23.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CD ENGINEERING CO.
CHAUDHRY HAMMER WORKS
ECHJAY INDUSTRIES PVT LTD. (RAJKOT)
GOLDEN IRON & STEEL WORKS
JAV FORGINGS (P) LTD
M.S. FITTINGS MFG. CO PVT LTD
METAL FORGINGS PVT LTD
24.0
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 20 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
THAILAND
AUSTRIA/EUROPE
U.S.A
ITALY
ITALY
U.K
JAPAN
ITALY
JAPAN
SOUTH KOREA
U.S.A
ITALY
U.K
U.K
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
LTD
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
CD ENGINEERING CO.
CD INDUSTRIES(GHAZIABAD)
CHAUDHRY HAMMER WORKS LTD
ECHJAY INDUSTRIES PVT LTD. (RAJKOT)
GOLDEN IRON & STEEL WORKS
JAV FORGINGS (P) LTD
METAL FORGINGS PVT LTD
PRADEEP METAL LIMITED
SHREE GANESH FORGINGS LTD
UMA SHANKAR KHANDELWAL & CO
25.0
FLANGES
1
2
3
4
26.0
GASKET
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
27.0
1
2
28.0
1
2
3
29.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
30.0
1
2
31.0
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
32.0
1
2
3
33.0
INDICATOR-FLOW GLASSES
1
2
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 21 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
THAILAND
ITALY
ITALY
SPAIN
FRANCE
U.K.
U.K.
AUSTRIA
ITALY
U.K.
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
3
4
5
34.0
1
2
3
4
5
BHEL (TRICHY)
ISMT LTD-AHMEDNGR
ISMT LTD-BARAMATI
MAHALAXMI SEAMLESS LIMITED
MAHARASHTRA SEAMLESS LTD.
35.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12.
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
36.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
BHEL (TRICHY)
CHANGSHU SEAMLESS STEEL TUBE CO. LTD
HEAVY METALS & TUBES LIMITED(MEHSANA)
ISMT LTD-AHMEDNGR
ISMT LTD-BARAMATI
JINDAL SAW LTD (NASHIK WORKS)
MAHALAXMI SEAMLESS LIMITED
MAHARASHTRA SEAMLESS LTD.
SAINEST TUBES PVT LTD
WUXI ERQUAN SPECIAL STEEL TUBE CO. LTD
37.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
38.0
PIPE- CLADDED
1
2
39.0
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 22 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA.
INDIA
CHINA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
CHINA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
JAPAN
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
40.0
PIPE-SEAMLESS API5L
1
2
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
41.0
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6
7
8
9
10
42.0
1
2.
3.
4.
5
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
ASSAB INTERNATIONAL AB
BSL TUBES ET RACCORDS
DALMINE SPA (ENQUIRY TO TENARIS)
IBF S p A
INTERNATIONAL EXTRUDED PRODUCTS LLC U.S.A
JFE STEEL CORPORATION
MANNESMANN DMV STAINLESS FRANCE S.A.S
NIPPON METAL INDUSTRY CO
SANDVIK AB
SCHOELLER-BLECKMANN EDELSTAHLROHR
SUMITOMO METAL IND.LTD
TUBACEX TUBOS INOXIDABLES SA
WEIR MATERIALS & FOUNDRIES
ZHEJIANG JIULI STNLESS STEEL PIPE CO LTD
43.0
1.
2
44.0
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 23 of 63
COUNTRY
GERMANY
ITALY
ITALY
U.S.A.
JAPAN
FRANCE
JAPAN
MEXICO
FRANCE
ITALY
JAPAN
BRAZIL
Romania
GERMANY
ARGENTINA
BELGIUM
JAPAN
MEXICO
SPAIN
CZECH REPUBLIC
FRANCE
RUSSIA
GERMANY
ITALY
JAPAN
JAPAN
BRAZIL
Romania
JAPAN
SPAIN
CZECH REPUBLIC
FRANCE
SWEDEN
FRANCE
ITALY
ITALY
U.S.A
JAPAN
FRANCE
JAPAN
INDIA
AUSTRIA
JAPAN
INDIA
U.K.
CHINA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
45.0
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
46.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
47.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
48.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
ASSAB INTERNATIONAL AB
AVESTA SANDVIK TUBE B.V.
BENTHAM INTERNATIONAL LTD
BSL TUBES ET RACCORDS
DALMINE SPA (ENQUIRY TO TENARIS)
INOX TECH. SPA
NIPPON METAL INDUSTRY CO
NIPPON STEEL CORPORATION
SANDVIK AB
SUMITOMO METAL IND.LTD
THYSSEN MANNESMANN HANDEL GMBH
WEIR MATERIALS & FOUNDRIES
49.0
1
2
3
50.0
SAMPLE COOLER.
1
2
3
4
AERO ENGINEERS
ENPRO INDUSTRIES PVT LTD
MEENAKSHI ASSOCIATES PVT LTD
TUBE WELD ENGINEERING WORKS LTD.
51.0
SPRING SUPPORTS
1
2
3
4
52.0
STATIC MIXER
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 24 of 63
COUNTRY
ITALY
JAPAN
JAPAN
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.K.
GERMANY
ITALY
CANADA
JAPAN
U.S.A.
JAPAN
MEXICO
ARGENTINA
JAPAN
GERMANY
MEXICO
TURKEY
RUSSIA
BRAZIL
U.K.
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
SWEDEN
SWEDEN
U.K.
FRANCE
ITALY
ITALY
JAPAN
JAPAN
SWEDEN
JAPAN
GERMANY
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CHEMINEER INC.
LIGHTNIN MIXERS LTD
MIXRITE CORPORATION
RATHI LIGHTNIN MIXERS PVT LTD
STATIFLO INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
SULZER BROTHERS LTD (ENQ.TO S-211)
SULZER INDIA LTD
53.0
1
2
ARMSTRONG INTERNATIONAL SA
SPIRAX MARSHALL LIMITED
54.0
STEAM TRAPS
1
2
3
4
5
6
55.0
STEAM TRAPS-BUCKET/TH.DYN/TH.STAT/FLOAT
1
2
3
4
56.0
STRAINERS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
57.0
STRAINERS (FAB/CAST/FORGED)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
58.0
1
2
59.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
60.0
1
2
3
4
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 25 of 63
COUNTRY
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
SWITZERLAND
INDIA
BELGIUM
INDIA
U.S.A.
JAPAN
JAPAN
U.K.
JAPAN
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
GERMANY
U.K.
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
5
6
61.0
62.0
63.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
64.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
65.0
1
2
3
4
5
66.0
1
2
3
4
5
67.0
1
2
68.0
VALVE BUTTERFLY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 26 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
JAPAN
U.K.
U.S.A
AUSTRALIA
SINGAPORE
SINGAPORE
GERMANY
FRANCE
U.K.
JAPAN
ITALY
U.S.A
U.K.
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
69.0
70.0
VALVE BUTTERFLY CS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6
7
8
9
10
71.0
72.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
73.0
VALVE CHECK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 27 of 63
COUNTRY
JAPAN
ITALY
NETHERLANDS
ITALY
JAPAN
U.S.A
U.S.A
ITALY
NORWAY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
SPAIN
SPAIN
U.K.
ITALY
U.S.A.
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
ITALY
U.S.A.
U.K.
GERMANY
GERMANY
U.K.
FRANCE
JAPAN
JAPAN
SPAIN
ITALY
FRANCE
NETHERLANDS
U.S.A.
ITALY
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
ITALY
GERMANY
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
SUFA LTD
TAKAMISAWA VALVE CO LTD(ENQ TO MEC CORPN
TOM WHEATLEY VALVE OPERATIONS
TRUFLO RONA S.A.
TYCO VALVES AND CONTROLS ITALIA S.R.L
VALVINOX SRL
VALVOSIDER
VELAN INC
VITAS - DIVISION OF VALVITALIA S.P.A
WHEATLEY GASO INC
YONEKI VALVE CO LTD
Z & J TECHNOLOGIES GMBH
74.0
1
2
75.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
76.0
1
2
3
77.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
78.0
1
2
3
79.0
VALVE CRYOGENIC
1
2
3
4
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 28 of 63
COUNTRY
CHINA
JAPAN
U.S.A.
BELGIUM
ITALY
ITALY
ITALY
U.K.
ITALY
U.S.A.
JAPAN
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
SPAIN
FRANCE
ITALY
U.K.
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
80.0
VALVE CUTTING
1
2
3
81.0
VALVE DIAPHRAGM
1
2
3
4
5
6
82.0
1
2.
3.
83.0
1
2
84.0
VALVE GATE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
85.0
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 29 of 63
COUNTRY
AUSTRALIA
JAPAN
U.S.A
FRANCE
JAPAN
U.S.A
JAPAN
GERMANY
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
SPAIN
SPAIN
U.K.
ITALY
ITALY
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
GERMANY
FRANCE
JAPAN
JAPAN
JAPAN
SPAIN
ITALY
FRANCE
U.S.A
ITALY
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
GERMANY
CHINA
JAPAN
BELGIUM
ITALY
ITALY
ITALY
U.K.
ITALY
U.S.A
JAPAN
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
86.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
87.0
1
2
3
88.0
1
2
3
4
BEL VALVES
COOPER CAMERON (SINGAPORE) PTE LTD.
TYCO VALVES AND CONTROLS ITALIA S.R.L
Z & J TECHNOLOGIES GMBH
89.0
VALVE GLOBE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29..
30.
31.
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 30 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
U.S.A
ITALY
GERMANY
ITALY
SPAIN
SPAIN
U.K.
ITALY
U.S.A
AUSTRALIA
FRANCE
U.S.A
U.K.
GERMANY
FRANCE
JAPAN
FRANCE
JAPAN
SPAIN
ITALY
FRANCE
U.S.A.
ITALY
ITALY
ITALYL
GERMANY
GERMANY
CHINA
JAPAN
BELGIUM
ITALY
ITALY
ITALY
U.K.
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
32.
33.
34.
35.
90.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
ASTAVA B.V.
CRANE AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
DESCOTE
FRIATEC LIMITED
NOVATEC NOUVELLE TECHNOLOGIES
PHONIX ARMATUREN WERKE BREGEL GMBH
RICHTER CHEMIE-TECHNIK GMBH
STAHL ARMATUREN PERSTA GMBH
VELAN INC
91.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
92.0
1.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
93.0
1
2
3.
94.0
1
2
95.0
VALVE NEEDLE
1
2
3
4
96.0
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 31 of 63
COUNTRY
ITALY
U.S.A.
JAPAN
GERMANY
NETHERLANDS
AUSTRALIA
FRANCE
U.K.
FRANCE
GERMANY
GERMANY
GERMANY
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1.
2.
3.
ARMSTRONG INTERNATIONAL SA
FORBES MARSHALL
UNI KLINGER LTD
97.0
VALVE PLUG
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
98.0
1
2
3
4
99.0
1
2
3
4
100.0
101.0
102.0
1
2
103.0
WELDOLETS/SOCKOLETS/ELBOWLET
1
2
3
4
CSA FITTINGS
EBY FASTENERS
SIDHARTH & GAUTAM ENGINEERS
ULMA FORJA S.COOP.
104.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
BHEL (TRICHY)
ISMT LTD-AHMEDNGR
ISMT LTD-BARAMATI
JINDAL PIPES LTD
JINDAL SAW LTD (KOSI WORKS)
JINDAL SAW LTD (NASHIK WORKS)
LALIT PROFILES & STEEL INDUSTRIES LTD
MAHARASHTRA SEAMLESS LTD.
MAN INDUSTRIES (I) LTD
MUKAT TANKS & VESSELS LTD
RATNAMANI METALS & TUBES LTD
SURINDRA ENGINEERING CO LTD-(MUMBAI)
SURYA ROSHNI LTD
WELSPUN GUJARAT STAHL ROHREN LTD.
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 32 of 63
COUNTRY
BELGIUM
INDIA
INDIA
SINGAPORE
SINGAPORE
SINGAPORE
U.K.
U.S.A.
JAPAN
U.K.
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
SPAIN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 33 of 63
COUNTRY
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
1.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
2.0
ACTUATOR-MOV
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3.0
1
2
4.0
1
2
3
5.0
BATTERY-NICKLE CADMIUM
1
2
6.0
BATTERY CHARGER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
7.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
CMI LIMITED
DELTON CABLES LIMITED
ELKAY TELELINKS LTD.
FINOLEX CABLES LTD.
RELIANCE ENGINEERS LIMITED
VINDHYA TELELINKS LIMITED
8.0
SWITZERLAND
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
U.S.A
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
GERMANY
ITALY
U.S.A
U.S.A
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1
2
3
4
5
6
CMI LIMITED
CORDS CABLE INDUSTRIES LTD
DELTON CABLES LIMITED
ELKAY TELELINKS LTD.
K E I INDUSTRIES LIMITED
RELIANCE ENGINEERS LIMITED
9.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
10.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
11.0
CABLE-CONTROL (PVC)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
12.0
CAPACITORS-HIGH VOLTAGE
1
2
3
4
5
13.0
1
2
3
4
5
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 34 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
14.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
15.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
16.0
EPABX SYSTEM
1
2
3
17.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
EDWARD INTERNATIONAL
HONEYWELL AUTOMATION INDIA LTD-FORM.T115
HONEYWELL INC.
KIDDE INDIA LTD (FMLY VIJAY FIRE-IND)
MATHER & PLATT PUMPS LTD.
NEW FIRE ENGINEERS (P) LTD
SIEMENS BUILDING TECHNOLOGIES
18.0
1
2
3
A.T.X SA
R STAHL SCHALTGERATE GMBH
VICTOR PRODUCTS PLC
19.0
1
2
3
20.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
21.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
22.0
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 35 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
CANADA
INDIA
U.S.A
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
CANADA
FRANCE
GERMANY
U.K
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
23.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
24.0
1
2
3
4
25.0
1
2
3
4
5
26.0
1
2
3
4
27.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
28.0
MOTOR-SYNCHRONOUS-H.V.
1
2
BHEL (BHOPAL)
KIRLOSKAR ELECTRIC CO LTD
29.0
MOTORS IMPORTED
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
30.0
1
2
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 36 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
SWITZERLAND
ITALY
JAPAN
JAPAN
FRANCE
GERMANY
GERMANY
JAPAN
BRAZIL
INDIA
INDIA
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
3
4
31.0
1
2
3
INDUSTRONIC GMBH
NEUMAN ELEKTRONIK GMBH & CO
SIEMENS AG
32.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
33.0
1
2
3
4
34.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
35.0
36.0
SWITCH BOARD-M.V.-MCC/PCC/PMCC-DRAWOUT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
37.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
38.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 37 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
GERMANY
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
SIEMENS LIMITED
39.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
40.0
1
2
3
41.0
1
2
BHEL JHANSI
VOLTAMP TRANSFORMERS (P) LTD
42.0
TRANSFORMER-DISTRIBUTION-UPTO 5MVA
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
43.0
TRANSFORMER-POWER-ABOVE 5MVA
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
44.0
U.P.S.SYSTEM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 38 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
ITALY
SWITZERLAND
GERMANY
JAPAN
FRANCE
JAPAN
ITALY
GERMANY
JAPAN
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
FRANCE
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
SWITZERLAND
INDIA
INDIA
SINGAPORE
SWEDEN
JAPAN
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 39 of 63
COUNTRY
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
1.0
1
2
3
4
5
2.0
AUX. RELAY
1
2
3.0
BIMETAL RELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
4.0
BUCHHOLZ RELAY
1
2
A J SERVICES
ATVUS INDUSTRIES
5.0
1
2
3
4
5
BHEL JHANSI
CONTROLS & SWITCHGEAR CO LTD
NARMADA SWITCHGEAR PVT. LTD
STARDRIVE BUSDUCTS PVT LTD
UNITED ELECTRIC CO (DELHI) PVT LTD
6.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
7.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
8.0
1
2
3
4
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
9.0
CONTACTOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
10.0
1
2
3
11.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
12.0
1
2
3
13.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
14.0
FUSE
1
2
3
4
15.0
HEAT TRACER
16.0
1
2
3
4
5
17.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 40 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
18.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
19.0
1
2
20.0
1
2
3
4
21.0
1
2
3
22.0
LIGHTING TRANSFORMER
1
2
3
4
23.0
LIGHTNING ARRESTOR
1
2
3
4
24.0
1
2
25.0
MCB
1
2
3
4
5
6
26.0
MCCB
1
2
3
27.0
METER
1
2
3
4
5
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 41 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
28.0
1
2
PERFECT CONTROLS
PRECIMEASURE CONTROLS PVT.LTD.
29.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
BHEL (BHOPAL)
CROMPTON GREAVES LTD.
CTR MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES LTD
EASUN-MR TAP CHANGERS P LTD
ON LOAD GEARS
TRANSFORMERS & ELECTRICALS KERALA LTD
30.0
PROTECTION RELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
31.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
32.0
TIMER
1
2
3
4
33.0
VAC BOTTLE
1
2
34.0
1
2
PERFECT CONTROLS
PRECIMEASURE CONTROLS PVT.LTD.
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 42 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 43 of 63
COUNTRY
INSTRUMENTATION - I
1.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2.0
ANALYSER SHELTER
1
2
3
ABB LTD-BANGALORE
CHEMTROLS ENGINEERING LTD
EMERSON PROCESS MANAGEMENT INDIA PVT LTD
3.0
ANALYSER SYSTEMS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
5.0
6.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
CANADA
SCOTLAND
FRANCE
U.S.A
SWEDEN
FRANCE
GERMANY
ENGLAND
U.S.A
U.S.A
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.K
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
U.S.A
U.K
GERMANY
U.S.A
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
GERMANY
INDIA
FRANCE
INDIA
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
JAPAN
ITALY
GERMANY
INDIA
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
19
20
21
7.0
1
2
8.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
9.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
10.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
12.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
13.0
1
2
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 44 of 63
COUNTRY
U.K.
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
SWEDEN
INDIA
GERMANY
NETHERLANDS
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
U.K.
U.K.
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
NETHERLANDS
FRANCE
U.K.
U.S.A.
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
GERMANY
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
U.K.
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
U.S.A.
BELGIUM
GERMANY
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
15.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
16.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 45 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.K.
U.K.
U.S.A.
INDIA
FRANCE
JAPAN
FRANCE
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
ISRAEL
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
SINGAPORE
JAPAN
INDIA
GERMANY
GERMANY
INDIA
BELGIUM
ENGLAND
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
ITALY
JAPAN
SPAIN
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
JAPAN
ITALY
ITALY
GERMANY
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
INDIA
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
21
22
17.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ABB INDUSTRI AS
BIRLA ERICSSON OPTICAL LIMITED
FINOLEX CABLES LTD.
HIMACHAL FUTIRISTIC COMMUNICATIONS LTD.
KABEL RHEYDT
PIRELLI CAVI SPA
STERLITE OPTICAL TECHNOLOGIES LTD
U M CABLES LTD
UNIFLEX CABLES LIMITED
VINDHYA TELELINKS LIMITED
18.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
19.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
20.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
21.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
22.0
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 46 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
U.K.
NORWAY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
ITALY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
INDIA
ITALY
U.S.A.
USA, CANADA/UK
U.S.A.
U.K.
ITALY
INDIA
FRANCE
BELGIUM
SINGAPORE
NETHERLANDS
NETHERLANDS
ITALY
GERMANY
INDIA
NETHERLANDS
FRANCE
U.K.
U.K.
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
COUNTRY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
23.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
24.0
1
2
3
4
5
25.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
26.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
27.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 47 of 63
U.S.A.
INDIA
USA,CANADA/UK
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
GERMANY
JAPAN
ITALY
ITALY
U.K.
INDIA
ITALY
INDIA
FRANCE
U.K.
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
U.K.
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
SINGAPORE
IRELAND
GERMANY
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
U.S.A.
SINGAPORE
U.K.
GERMANY
GERMANY
ENGLAND
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
SINGAPORE
IRELAND
U.K.
GERMANY
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
9
10
11
12
SIEMENS AG
TELEDYNE ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS
YOKOGAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION
YOKOGAWA INDIA LIMITED
28.0
1
2
3
4
AMETEK
PANAMETRICS LTD
SERVOMEX PLC
TELEDYNE ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS
29.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
30.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
31.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
32.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
33.0
1
2
3
4
34.0
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 48 of 63
COUNTRY
GERMANY
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
U.S.A.
IRELAND
U.K.
U.S.A.
U.K
INDIA
U.S.A
SINGAPORE
INDIA
INDIA
IRELAND
INDIA
U.K
GERMANY
U.K
U.S.A
JAPAN
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A.
CANADA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
GERMANY
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
U.S.A.
ENGLAND
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
35.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
36.0
1
2
3
4
37.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
38.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
39.0
WA KATES COMPANY
40.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 49 of 63
COUNTRY
U.K.
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
INDIA
SWITZERLAND
U.S.A
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A
U.K
SINGAPORE
INDIA
U.S.A
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
USA, CANADA/UK
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
ITALY
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A
FRANCE
INDIA
BELGIUM
SINGAPORE
U.K
INDIA
NETHERLANDS
U.S.A
INDIA
ITALY
ITALY
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
13
14
15
41.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
42.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
43.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
44.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
45.0
1
2
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 50 of 63
COUNTRY
U.S.A
GERMANY
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.K
U.S.A
INDIA
U.S.A
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A
U.S.A
NETHERLANDS
ITALY
U.K
INDIA
U.S.A
FRANCE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
NETHERLANDS
FRANCE
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
ITALY
U.K.
JAPAN
ITALY
GERMANY
U.S.A.
U.K.
U.S.A.
NETHERLANDS
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
46.0
1
2
3
4
5
ITALVALV S.N.C
KITAMURA VALVE MANUFACTURING CO LTD
METSO AUTOMATION PTE LTD(FORMERLY NELES)
MOTOYAMA ENGG WORKS LTD
SPX VALVES & CONTROLS (FORMERLY DEZURIK)
47.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
48.0
1
2
3
4
5
49.0
1.
2.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
50.0
51.0
1
2
3
4
5
52.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
53.0
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 51 of 63
COUNTRY
ITALY
JAPAN
U.K.
JAPAN
U.S.A.
FRANCE
INDIA
SINGAPORE
SINGAPORE
ITALY
U.K.
JAPAN
ITALY
GERMANY
U.S.A.
U.K.
FRANCE
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
FRANCE
INDIA
SINGAPORE
SINGAPORE
ITALY
JAPAN
U.K.
JAPAN
ITALY
GERMANY
U.S.A.
U.K.
SINGAPORE
FRANCE
INDIA
SINGAPORE
U.K
GERMANY
FRANCE
INDIA
SINGAPORE
SINGAPORE
ITALY
JAPAN
INDIA
U.K
GERMANY
U.S.A
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1
2
54.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
AMETEK DREXELBROOK
ENDRESS + HAUSER GMBH & COMPANY
K-TEK CORPORATION
MOBREY LTD (FORM. S-578)
NIVO CONTROLS PVT LTD
VEGA GRIESHABER KG GMBH
VENTURE MEASUREMENT COMPANY
55.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
56.0
1
2
3
4
5
57.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
58.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
59.0
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 52 of 63
COUNTRY
FRANCE
INDIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.S.A.
ENGLAND
INDIA
GERMANY
U.S.A.
U.K
USA
USA
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
U.S.A
U.S.A
NETHERLANDS
ITALY
INDIA
U.S.A
SINGAPORE
U.K
GERMANY
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
FRANCE
U.S.A.
SINGAPORE
FRANCE
U.K.
GERMANY
ENGLAND
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
U.K
INDIA
U.S.A
SINGAPORE
INDIA
IRELAND
U.K
GERMANY
U.K
U.S.A
JAPAN
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ENVIRONMENT S.A.
FORNEY CORPORATION
HORIBA INSTRUMENTS (S) PTE LTD
SERVOMEX PLC
SIEMENS AG
TELEDYNE ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS
YOKOGAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION
YOKOGAWA INDIA LIMITED
60.0
1
2
3
61.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
62.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
63.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
64.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 53 of 63
COUNTRY
FRANCE
U.S.A
SINGAPORE
U.K
GERMANY
U.S.A
JAPAN
INDIA
ITALY
U.S.A
NETHERLANDS
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
KOREA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.K.
U.K.
INDIA
FRANCE
USA
INDIA
USA
INDIA
SINGAPORE
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
NETHERLANDS
ITALY
GERMANY
INDIA
NETHERLANDS
FRANCE
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.K.
U.S.A.
FRANCE
FRANCE
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
65.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
66.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
67.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
68.0
1
2
69.0
1
2
3
4
70.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 54 of 63
COUNTRY
U.K.
INDIA
ITALY
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
GERMANY
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
FRANCE
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
SINGAPORE
JAPAN
INDIA
AUSTRALIA
U.S.A.
CANADA
INDIA
FRANCE
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.K.
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
SINGAPORE
JAPAN
INDIA
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
71.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
72.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
73.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
74.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 55 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
U.K.
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
SINGAPORE
FRANCE
JAPAN
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
FRANCE
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
FRANCE
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
FRANCE
JAPAN
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 56 of 63
COUNTRY
INSTRUMENTATION - II
1.0
ALARM ANNUNCIATORS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DIGICONT
ELECTRONIC CORPORATION OF INDIA LTD.
IDEC IZUMI CORPORATION
INSTALARM INSTRUMENTS PVT LTD.
INSTRUMENTATION LTD
MINILEC (INDIA) PVT LTD
PROCON INSTRUMENTATION PVT LTD
RONAN ENGINEERING COMPANY
2.0
AMETEK
3.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
4.0
1.
2
3
AMETEK
SICK MAIHAK
THERMO ELECTRON CORPORATION
5.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
6.0
1
2
3
7.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
8.0
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A
GERMANY
GERMANY
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
GERMANY
ENGLAND
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.S.A.
SINGAPORE
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.S.A.
ITALY
U.K.
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
1
2
3
4
5
6
9.0
1
2
3
4
10.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
12.0
I/P CONVERTERS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
13.0
14.0
LOADING SYSTEM
1
2
3
4
15.0
1
2
3
4
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 57 of 63
COUNTRY
U.S.A..
AUSTRIA
U.K
NETHERLANDS
JAPAN
U.S.A.
U.K.
ENGLAND
NETHERLANDS
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.K.
SINGAPORE
INDIA
JAPAN
INDIA
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
AUSTRIA
INDIA
JAPAN
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.K.
SINGAPORE
INDIA
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.K.
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.K.
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
16.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
17.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
18.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
19.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
20.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 58 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INIDIA
GERMANY
JAPAN
JAPAN
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S..A
AUSTRIA
GERMANY
GERMANY
INDIA
BELGIUM
JAPAN
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
NETHERLANDS
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
GERMANY
U.S.A.
BELGIUM
GERMANY
JAPAN
GERMANY
GERMANY
GERMANY
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
ITALY
INDIA
U.S.A.
NETHERLANDS
FRANCE
INDIA
U.K.
U.S.A.
INDIA
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
21.0
1
2
3
22.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
23.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
AMETEK DREXELBROOK
ENDRESS + HAUSER GMBH & COMPANY
LEVELSTATE SYSTEMS LTD
MAGNETROL INTERNATIONAL N.V
MOBREY LTD (FORM. S-578)
NARVIK - YARWAY B.V
SBEM PVT LTD
TRANSDUCERS AND CONTROLS PVT LTD
VEGA GRIESHABER KG GMBH
VENTURE MEASUREMENT COMPANY
YARWAY CORPORATION
24.0
1
2
3
4
5
AMETEK DREXELBROOK
ENDRESS + HAUSER GMBH & COMPANY
K-TEK CORPORATION
MAGNETROL INTERNATIONAL N.V
MOBREY LTD (FORM. S-578)
25.0
SPEED TANSMITTERS
1
2
3
4
26.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
27.0
1
2
3
4
5
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 59 of 63
COUNTRY
INDIA
JAPAN
U.K.
FRANCE
U.S.A.
U.K.
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.K
BELGIUM
SINGAPORE
GERMANY
U.K.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.K.
BELGIUM
ENGLAND
NETHERLANDS
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
U.S.A
GERMANY
U.S.A
BELGIUM
ENGLAND
SWITZERLAND
GERMANY
JAPAN
GERMANY
INDIA
GERMANY
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.S.A.
BELGIUM
JAPAN
GERMANY
NETHERLANDS
U.S.A.
SWEDEN
INDIA
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
6
7
28.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
AMETEK DREXELBROOK
EMERSON PROCESS MANAGEMENT INDIA PVT LTD
ENDRESS + HAUSER GMBH & COMPANY
ENRAF B.V
HAWK MEASUREMENT SYSTEM PTY LTD
KROHNE MESSTECHNIK GMBH & CO KG
L & J TECHNOLOGIES
MAGNETROL INTERNATIONAL N.V
MOBREY LTD (FORM. S-578)
SAAB ROSEMOUNT TANK RADAR AB
SIEMENS AG
VEGA GRIESHABER KG GMBH
29.0
1
2
3
4
5
30.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
31.0
TARGET FLOWMETERS
32.0
TEMPERATURE RECORDERS
1
2
3
4
5
6
33.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
34.0
1
2
3
4
5
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 60 of 63
COUNTRY
JAPAN
GERMANY
U.S.A.
INDIA
GERMANY
NETHERLANDS
AUSTRALIA
GERMANY
U.S.A.
BELGIUM
ENGLAND
SWEDEN
GERMANY
GERMANY
GERMANY
NETHERLANDS
U.S.A.
INDIA
JAPAN
JAPAN
NETHERLANDS
U.S.A.
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
JAPAN
SINGAPORE
U.K.
U.S.A
SINGAPORE
JAPAN
JAPAN
INDIA
U.K.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.S.A.
BELGIUM
FRANCE
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.S.A
BELGIUM
GERMANY
U.K.
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
35.0
VISCOSITY METER
1.
36.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 61 of 63
COUNTRY
GERMANY
IRELAND
GERMANY
GERMANY
GERMANY
U.S.A.
JAPAN
ENGLAND
U.K.
GERMANY
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
JAPAN
GERMANY
JAPAN
JAPAN
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 62 of 63
COUNTRY
INSTRUMENTATION - III
1.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
2.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
3.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
4.0
1
2
3
4
5
5.0
1
2
3
6.0
INTERFACE DEVICES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
7.0
1
2
INDIA
FRANCE
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
GERMANY
INDIA
ITALY
JAPAN
INDIA
JAPAN
U.K.
INDIA
INDIA
SINGAPORE
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
SINGAPORE
GERMANY
JAPAN
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
U.S.A
BELGIUM
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.S.A.
BELGIUM
NORWAY
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
NORWAY
SWITZERLAND
GERMANY
GERMANY
INDIA
INDIA
GERMANY
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
GERMANY
Copyrights EIL All rights reserved
VENDOR LIST
PHASE-III REFINERY PROJECT, MRPL
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
SL NO
ITEM / VENDORS
3
4
5
8.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
9.0
10.0
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
11.0
1
2
12.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Part - A
Section A-6
Subsection A-6.1
Page 63 of 63
COUNTRY
U.S.A.
JAPAN
ITALYL
U.K..
U.S.A.
GERMANY
INDIA
U.S.A.
FRANCE
U.S.A.
INDIA
U.S.A.
INDIA.
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.S.A.
GERMANY
U.S.A.
GERMANY
GERMANY
U.S.A.
JAPAN
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
INDIA
PROJECT INFORMATION
1.0 OWNER :
INTRODUCTION
Mangalore refinery and petrochemicals limited (MRPL), is setting up a
new refinery facilities as part of the MRPL Phase III Refinery Project. To
cater to the steam and power requirement a new power plant is planned.
Engineers India Limited (EIL) has been retained by MRPL to provide
services to project management consultancy (PMC).
Project site
Mangalore, Karnataka.
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
Nearest town
Nearest Railway Station
Nearest Sea Port
Nearest Airport
Site Temperature
Mangalore
Surathkal
New Mangalore port.
Mangalore (BAJPE)
t min = 16.0 0C
:
:
:
:
t nor = 32.0 0C
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
Relative Humidity
Rainfall data(Annual)
Rainy season
Wind velocity
Wind direction
:
:
:
:
:
t max = 38.00C
75 @ tnor
3467mm Avg
June to September
20-68 Kmph (Max. 28 days/years)
Morning East to West,
Evening North west to South East.
4.12
Min 5.5m
Average 8m
4.13
4.14
4.15
Barometric pressure
Source of Fresh water
Seismic zone
:
:
:
Max 8 78m
1007mbar
River Netravadi
As per 1893- Latest
SECTION: C-1.3
6782-380-16-47-SP-01-B
Page 8 of 14
2.7
FIRE PROOFING
As per OISD specification and as defined in structural section in the tender.
2.8
2.9
CABLE CROSSING
For all electrical/ instrument cables crossing the main/approach roads, suitable road
crossings either by PVC pipes encased in concrete or RCC ducts/ culverts shall be provided
as per Electrical/ Instrumentation requirements. Crossings shall be designed to withstand the
load of crane movement envisaged for erection / maintenance.
2.10
a)
RCC TRENCHES
Cable trenches
RCC Electrical/ Inst. cable trenches with pre-cast RCC covers shall be provided as per
structural standards and electrical/ instrumentation requirements. Trenches and covers in
crane movement area shall be designed to withstand the load of crane movement envisaged
for erection / maintenance. Cable trenches within scope limit shall be filled with sand before
placing of pre-cast cover.
2.11
SECTION: C-1.3
6782-380-16-47-SP-01-B
2.12
Page 9 of 14
HARD STAND
Based on soil data, the hard stand required for erection of heavy equipments to be designed
and provided as per equipment erection philosophy/type of cranes to be used inside and
outside the battery limit of units. Dismantling of hard stand if required, as per directions of
Engineer-in-Charge / representative of Owner, disposal of unserviceable material outside the
complex boundary limit as per direction of engineer in Charge.
2.13
2.14
Nos. of cells and capacity of cooling tower and cooling water pumps shall be
decided by bidder as per the requirement and as mentioned elsewhere in the
bid document.
2.14.2
The main components for the above Cooling tower shall be as below but not
limited to same
-
CWTP building
SECTION: C-1.3
6782-380-16-47-SP-01-B
Page 10 of 14
Cooling Water Pump house, pump foundations, flooring, pumps & pump
house piping
2.14.3
RCC pavement upto 5m all around cooling tower area including below basin
Cooling water pump station shall be provided with RCC pavement.
Other Civil works such as approach road, ERC /IRC, pipe culvert for
approach road
COOLING TOWER
ii)
The cooling tower cells shall be so designed so that each of them can be repaired,
maintained and cleaned while the other cells are in service. The cooling tower fan
shall be made of FRP. Oil skimming arrangement in the channel at entry for sump
shall be provided to remove floating oil to OWS. HC and H2S detectors shall be
provided at the cooling tower top.
iii)
The basin shall be provided with an overflow arrangement from each cell which shall
be suitably connected to the nearest storm water drain. The basin shall be provided
with sludge removal arrangement from each cell which shall be suitably connected to
the nearest storm water drain.
iv)
A chain pulley block of suitable capacity with all necessary lifting arrangement shall
be provided for maintenance work on cooling tower fan, gearbox and motor as per
specifications.
v)
The cold water from the basin shall be conveyed through a sluice gate to the sump
through cold water channel covered with pre-cast RCC slabs. The sluice gate shall be
provided at a level such that maximum flow occurs through the gate at normal water
level.
vi)
Return hot water from various units etc. shall be combined into a common line and
further taken into the cooling tower as per vendor's design requirements for each cell.
Corrosion probe and corrosion coupon shall be provided by the vendor in the return
header near the cooling tower. Vendor shall also check minimum pressure
requirement in return header and fan deck height with return header pressure
available at cooling tower grade and finalise Cooling Tower height accordingly &
design the hot water riser
vii)
Painting of above ground piping, structural steel etc. shall be done as per job
specifications for field painting enclosed with bid.
viii) Area below cooling tower basin, cold water channel and upto 2.0m all around the
cooling tower basins and cold channel shall be provided with RCC Pavement Type-III.
ix)
Providing approaches for cooling tower, cooling water treatment plant building, pump
house and any other approaches if required.
x)
Providing treating effluent makeup system with control valve and ACF
xi)
Any other work required for the completion of the job in all respects.
SECTION: C-1.3
6782-380-16-47-SP-01-B
2.14.4
Page 11 of 14
i)
Design, detail engineering, construction of RCC sump to receive water from the cold
water channel of the cooling tower and Cooling water pump house The top slab of
each sump shall be provided with two number of 0.6m x 0.6m manholes with RCC
covers for maintenance of each sump. Each manhole shall be provided with a ladder
for access inside the sump up to bottom level.
ii)
Suction pipe nozzles for all pumps shall be provided in sump. Puddle flanges shall be
provided in sump and basin wall for pump suction pipes, sludge outlet pipes, overflow
pipes and level transmitter nozzles .
iii)
Additional manhole of 0.5m x 0.5m with removable RCC covers shall be provided on
the top of each slab of sump just above each suction line of the cooling water pumps
for inspection. These manholes shall be provided with access ladders.
iv)
v)
vi)
The sump shall be provided with scour valve / drain valve at the bottom and overflow
shall be suitably connected with the nearest storm water drain through CS pipe. The
overflow pipe in cold water basin shall be minimum 2 nos. of 300 mm diameter.
vii)
The Cooling Water Pump House building shall be with RCC columns, structural steel
truss and side sheeting arrangement. Necessary insert plates and steel and steel
platforms as walkways shall be provided on the inside faces of the columns as per
detailed engineering by the contractor.
viii) Supply and erection of HOT crane in pump house of suitable capacity.
ix)
x)
Any other work required as per scope drawing and P&ID and required for the
completion of the job in all respects.
2.14.5
PIPING WORKS
i)
Supply and erection of cooling water supply, return piping, cooling water make-up and
other piping with in the battery limits of cooling tower. All piping, valves, fittings,
gasket, nut and bolts etc. shall be provided by the contractor as per the requirements
of process P&ID and piping material specifications.
ii)
Supply and erection of suction piping for all the pumps inside sump up.
iii)
All above ground cooling water piping, cooling water make up, basin drain piping,
OWS piping etc.
iv)
All under ground CS piping shall be provided with corrosion protection as per
specifications attached with bid.
v)
All potable water piping for the safety and eyewash shower shall be as per piping
specifications J2A.
vi)
Painting of pipelines, structural steel, etc. as per job specification for shop and field
painting specification including supply of all paints required and colouring as per
colour codes.
vii)
All other works not exclusively mentioned in the tender document, but are necessary
to complete the system in all respects with respect to process requirements, P&ID,
and data sheet etc. shall form a part of total scope of work.
SECTION: C-1.3
6782-380-16-47-SP-01-B
2.14.6
Page 12 of 14
i)
The bidder scope of work covers supply, design, detail engineering of all the work
connected with cooling water treatment and dosing consisting of side stream filters,
antiscalant, biological control & other dosing systems as per requirements, safety
shower & eye wash, all interconnecting piping works & piping from treatment plant up
to dosing points, all instrumentation, electrical works, civil & structural works for the
building required for housing this facilities works.
ii)
Design and construction of Cooling Water Treatment Plant building in RCC and brick
construction as per the schematic layout drawing including RCC/Steel columns, pump
foundations, equipment foundations, RCC flooring/ paving, plinth protection, brick
walls, necessary building works like doors, windows, plastering, white washing etc. as
per Architectural scope and lay out and any incidental work, etc. complete. The entire
specifications for cooling water treatment plant building shall be as per architectural
specifications and drawing.
The scope of work shall also include following
Supplying & laying of drinking water piping with gate/ globe valve
located in valve chamber & hook up with plant drinking water supply
line.
Joining the sanitary line from buildings to plant sanitary sewer (SS)
system, construction of RCC manholes, laying of RCC (P1 class to
IS:458) pipes etc. complete.
iii)
The cooling water treatment plant area shall be RCC paved type-II.
iv)
v)
Supply, fabrication and erection of supporting structural elements for piping such as
shoes, clips, clamps, cradles, anchors, guides etc.
vi)
Providing of RCC sleepers/overhead pipe supports, guides etc. for above ground
piping
vii)
Testing and trial run for the performance of each dosing system including supply of
chemicals for trial run is included in the scope of work.
viii) Precast concrete interlocking block footpaths shall be provided between CWTP &
dosing point in cooling water channel
ix)
x)
All other works not exclusively mentioned in the tender document, but are necessary
to complete the system in all respects with respect to process requirements, P&ID,
scope drawings & data sheets etc. shall form a part of total scope of work.
2.14.7
i)
Complete electrical, civil & structural works for Cooling Tower, CWTP and Pump
house shall be carried out as per detailed specifications of the tender enclosed
elsewhere. Platforms & ladders shall be provided for safety and ease of maintenance,
operation of the plant as per requirements of the owner/EIL at no extra cost.
SECTION: C-1.3
6782-380-16-47-SP-01-B
ii)
Page 13 of 14
Supply, fabrication and erection of supporting structural elements for piping such as
shoes, clips, clamps, cradles, anchors, guides etc, construction of RCC sleepers for
running above ground piping, civil construction of cable trenches including supply and
installation of metal inserts for running power/ lighting and control cables shall be in
the scope of this tender.
2.14.8
i)
Commissioning of the entire system within scope of work including all equipments,
etc. flushing out all piping etc. complete, including testing and trial runs at no extra
cost to owner shall be provided by the contractor.
ii)
On completion of the work, the contractor shall remove and dispose off, all
unserviceable material, debris etc.
iii)
Owner or his authorised representative will have the right to inspect at any stage of
manufacture and construction, all materials, components and workmanship and
testing of materials. The contractor shall provide all facilities of inspection and
testing without any extra cost to the owner.
iv)
2.14.9
i)
The cooling tower shall be tested and guaranteed to meet the performance
requirement when tested in accordance with the procedure set forth in the latest
revisions of the test code ATC-105 of CTI.
ii)
If the performance test shows a deficiency, the contractor shall rectify the defects
without any additional cost to the owner
2.14.10
i)
The contractor shall submit the list of spares required for trouble free operation of
Cooling Tower for a period of two years along with their prices with the offer.
ii)
iii)
Any other works not listed above but required to complete the work in all respects
unless specifically mentioned otherwise.
2.14.11
SECTION: C-1.3
6782-380-16-47-SP-01-B
3.0
Page 14 of 14
WITH OFFER
The list of drawings/documents as required to be submitted along with offer is
enclosed in the tender document.
3.2
4.0
APPROVALS
Approval of the facilities within contract scope limit from PESO, TAC/ TAC accredited
professionals & DGCA shall be obtained by the EPC package contractor.
EPC Contractor to comply with the requirement of these authorities irrespective if it is
mentioned or not in the bid package & shall form part of contractors scope of work including
preparation of required drawings/ documents. Contractor shall comply with the requirement of
local bodies including preparation of required drawings/ documents.
5.0
SCOPE OF SUPPLY
5.1
5.2
10
1.2.1
SECTION: C-1.4
6782-380-16-48-SP-01Rev.B
Page
10 of 17
1.2.2
1.3
1.3.1
1.
Drawing/Document Schedule
The schedule shall include all Drawings/ Documents with Title, Number,
Dates of issues (scheduled & actual) & present review status etc. The
schedule shall be updated and submitted at regular intervals as mentioned
elsewhere.
2.
Drawings
A.
B.
11
SECTION: C-1.4
6782-380-16-48-SP-01Rev.B
Page
11 of 17
5.
As Built Drawings
The Contractor shall prepare & submit As-built drawings both in requisite no.
of hard prints as well as in form of computer files for Information/Record of
Owner/PMC.
6.
The Contractor shall submit list of all Sub- vendors/ authorised applicators to be
engaged for execution of various specialised items (like Aluminium Doors and
Windows, Waterproofing and Underdeck Insulation, False ceiling, False Flooring
etc.) for approval.
1.3.2
12
SECTION: C-1.4
6782-380-16-48-SP-01Rev.B
Page
12 of 17
Adequacy of provisions (in terms of spaces, services & utilities) and space/
area/ Room sizes for Plant Buildings or Plant Areas in other Buildings. The
Contractor shall ensure correctness of such provisions vis--vis Owner/ PMC
reviewed/ approved G.A. drawings & submit Architectural dwgs only after
approval/ review of such provisions by concerned deptt. of PMC.
B.
C.
1.4
List of Attachments
1.4.1
Drawings
NIL
Standard Specifications
1.4.2
Sl.
no.
01
1.4.3
Specification
no.
7-49-1101
No. of
sheets
08
Rev.
1
Title
Vendor List for Architectural Products.
Standards
Title
No. of
Sheets
Revisi
on
01
7-75-0003
01
03
7-75-0004
Details of dado
01
04
7-75-0011
01
05
7-75-0014
01
06
7-75-0015
01
07
7-75-0027
01
08
7-75-0028
01
09
7-75-0029
01
10
7-75-0031
11
7-75-0032
01
12
7-75-0042
01
13
7-75-0047
01
14
7-75-0060
01
Sl.
No.
Standard No.
01
7-75-0002
02
01
13
SECTION: C-1.4
6782-380-16-48-SP-01Rev.B
Page
Title
1.4.4
No. of
Sheets
Revisi
on
01
7-75-0063
01
17
7-75-0064
01
18
7-75-0068
03
19
7-75-0070
01
20
7-75-0071
01
Sl.
No.
Standard No.
15
7-75-0062
16
Job Specifications
Sl.
no.
01
1.5
13 of 17
Specification no.
6782-380-16-48-JS-01
No. of
sheets
73
Rev.
A
Title
Job SpecificationsStructural & Architectural
1.5.1
1.5.2
Space Requirement :
Space requirement shall be based on one or combination of the following depending
upon the specific situation
a.
b.
c.
d.
Occupancy
Equipment layout and clearances
Maintenance and safety requirements
Storage requirement
The height of the buildings shall be provided as per the statutory requirements and
equipments and crane/ monorail requirement.
1.5.3
Safety Requirements
Safety from fire and like emergencies shall be taken into account in building design.
Every building meant for human occupancy shall be provided with sufficient no. of
exits (as per TAC requirements) to permit safe escape of occupants in case of
emergency.
14
SECTION: C-1.4
6782-380-16-48-SP-01Rev.B
Page
14 of 17
1.5.5
Aesthetics
Architectural design and treatment of the buildings/sheds shall ensure proper
aesthetics by adopting general principles of Architecture. An overall architectural
control shall be maintained with the rest of the buildings of the project, outside the
Contractors scope.
1.5.6
Building Elements
a)
Plinth Protection
All the buildings & sheds shall be provided with minimum 1000 mm wide
plinth protection around the building/shed plinth at top of Finished Grade
Level. The rain water down pipes shall discharge rain water on this
pavement.
b)
Steps/Ramps
Steps/ramps shall be provided for access to the Buildings/sheds for
Pedestrian/Vehicular, equipment entry. Minimum 1000 mm wide platform
shall be provided in between Entrance door and steps/ramps. Following
dimensions of the steps/ramps shall be adhered to.
A.
B.
C.
D.
c)
Tread
=250 mm minimum
Riser
=175 mm maximum
Slope of Ramp
= Not steeper than 1:6
Ratio of Tread & Riser= 2 Riser + Tread= 600 to 648 mm
Windows/ventilators
Windows/ventilators shall be provided in all areas for natural lighting,
ventilation and visibility at working level.
For the purposes of ventilation, total openable area of the windows/
ventilators shall be as per Factory Act subjected to a minimum of 15% of the
floor area to be ventilated. However, for Control Room and in office areas
etc. where visibility from inside is of prime importance, increased window
area shall be provided. Areas accommodating panels/ equipments shall be
normally provided with ventilators at high level for unobstructed distributed
lighting.
15
d)
SECTION: C-1.4
6782-380-16-48-SP-01Rev.B
Page
15 of 17
Shading Devices
Shading devices shall be provided over all windows, openable ventilators for
rain & sun protection. These devices shall be in the form of horizontal
projections, vertical projected fins or combination of both as per building
facade treatment. Minimum projection shall be 600 mm. Windows in closed
condition should not allow any rain water inside.
1.6
1.6.1
Floor Finishing:
Floor finishing shall be based upon the occupancy or function of the particular area.
However the following parameters shall be adopted unless otherwise specified.
Panel dividers wherever required shall be provided as per specification.
a.
Cellar area
b.
Battery Room
c.
1.6.2
d.
Console Rm., Rack Rm. & UPS Rm :False flooring with antistatic
laminate top as/
e.
f.
g.
Skirting
h.
Analyser room
16
SECTION: C-1.4
6782-380-16-48-SP-01Rev.B
Doors:
Page
16 of 17
1.6.3
1.6.4
20 x 10mm groove
specifications to be
required.
in plaster as per
provided wherever
Roofing Treatment
Minimum slope of 1:80 shall be obtained in roof by providing lean concrete 1:3:6
over roof keeping 25mm min. concrete at disposal/gutter ends. Alternately roof shall
be laid to slope as desired. Roof tops shall have atactic polypropylene modified
bituminous membrane water proofing treatment as specified in Architectural
specifications.
R.C.C. rain water gutter shall be provided to collect roof water into it. Gutter shall be
provided with necessary slopes towards rain water pipes by means of cement
screed. 15mm thick water proof cement plaster shall be provided on inner surfaces
of gutter and 12mm thick water proof cement plaster shall be provided on outer
surfaces of gutter. Any sunk area, before cinder filling shall be finished with 15 mm
thk. water proof cement plaster. Rain water downtake pipes shall be PVC pipes
embedded in concrete.
1.6.5
17
SECTION: C-1.4
6782-380-16-48-SP-01Rev.B
Page
17 of 17
Outside Walls
1.6.6
Sanitary Fittings/Fixture
Battery room shall be provided with sink and Toilets shall be provided with all
necessary approved Indian standard fittings and fixtures .
1.6.7
Roofing
All sheds shall have precoated galvanised steel sheets for roofing and cladding. The
sheets shall be min. 0.50mm thick. The roofing system shall include all accessories
like ridges, north light curves, apron pieces, corner pieces, m.s. flat windties etc.
1.6.8
DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-01
Rev. 1
Page 7 of 12
AREA
CONCRETE
ASPHALT
STONE
PITCHING
OTHER
COMPACTED
EARTH
SURFACE
- FOOTPATH
(Precast
concrete
interlock blocks)
(Precast
Interlocking
Tiles)
- PIPE WAYS
(PCC M20)
- OPEN STORAGE /
MAIN AREAS
(if slope is
more than 1
m high)
3.6
3.6.1
Paved area
3.6.2
1.0
- Bituminous
0.9
0.6
0.4
c.
- Concrete
Ditches
a. Type
b.
Construction
-
DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-01
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 12
3.6.3
: RCC construction
(IS
4985)
(All drainage culverts shall be RCC box culverts, wherever heavy crane movement is
envisaged.)
3.6.4
Tank farm drainage shall be provided in such a way that the storm water discharge
shall be either sent to storm water open ditch or to the oily sewer by providing sand
trap and valve pit.
3.6.5
An oil catcher with baffle wall type arrangement shall be provided on storm water
ditch before it leaves the battery limit of the complex.
3.7
WATER SYSTEM
3.7.1
Raw Water
a.
Source
Water requirement for this project will be met from River Netravati. It is proposed to
construct a intake well and convey water to refinery by pipeline.
b.
c.
3.7.2
3.7.3
Storage
Type of reservoir
Capacity
Capacity
Treatment
b. System
c. Storage
d. Treatment
- Chlorination
Underground
fittings.
ring
main
with
G.I.
pipes
and
DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-01
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 12
3.7.4
Type
Induced Draft.
b.
Construction
c.
Capacity and other parameters are based on process data sheet and design
data.
3.7.6
DM Water Treatment
-
The required treatment as per process data sheet and design data sheet shall
be provided for D.M. plant and condensate polisher.
Underground Piping
All underground C.S./M.S. pipes shall be provided with corrosion resistance
protection as per SMMS Specification.
3.8
SEWERS
3.8.1
General
a.
Storm water drains shall not be combined with oily drains. However within the paved
area of the unit where rain water is likely to be contaminated with oil, the same shall
be discharged in the Contaminated Rain Water System (CRWS) oily drains. At unit
battery limit sealed manholes shall be provided.
b.
Process waste (OWS) shall be discharged to waste water treatment facilities through
primary treatment plant if required. Otherwise to be discharged directly to the waste
water treatment plant.
c.
Acidic waste shall be neutralized and discharged to disposal point or waste water
treatment plant.
d.
e.
f.
All underground C.S. pipes shall be provided with corrosion resistance protection.
3.8.2
Chemical Sewer
DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-01
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 12
3.8.3
APH Wash
To WWTP
Sanitary Sewer
To WWTP
3.8.3.1 The Contaminated Rain Water System oily sewer shall be designed for the following
combinations :
-
3.8.3.2 The quantities of contaminated rainwater shall be worked out based on the
contaminated process area in the unit block.
3.8.3.3 The quantities of process waste shall be specified by Process / licensors. Consider
process waste from standby equipments also. OWS shall be routed to WWTP.
3.8.4
The sanitary sewer shall be designed for 3 times the average flow flowing half
full in case of lateral sewer and flowing 2/3 full in case of Main Sewers.
3.8.5
In units areas
b.
In Offsite areas
Specifications)
c.
Sanitary Sewer
Brick Manholes
Manhole Seal
For trapping of gas or prevention of spread of fire through is required, a liquid seal of
minimum 150 mm shall be provided at manhole along with suitable vents. Location of
sealed manholes shall be decided accordingly. All vent pipes of sealed manholes
shall be provided with flame arrestor.
3.8.7
10
DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-01
Rev. 1
Page 11 of 12
b.
c.
Pressure main
3.8.7.7 Manhole for acid/ alkali sewer shall be provided with Acid/ Alkali proof lining.
3.9
Anticorrosive layer 50 mm thick Bitumen sand mix for storage tank foundations
plus 50mm premix carpet outside the tank shell on the foundation only.
Storage Tank Dyke Walls
Construction Laterite Blocks /
Random Rubble Stone Masonry
3.10
FENCING/COMPOUND WALL
i.
11
DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-01
Rev. 1
Page 12 of 12
3.11
12
DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-02
Rev. 1
Page 8 of 14
Above ground fire water piping shall be painted with Fire Red Paint to shade
No. 536 of IS:5 as per painting specification.
All fire water network shall be hydro tested to a pressure shall be tested at 1.5
times the system design pressure of 18 Kg/cm2 (g).
At least 10% of all welded joints shall be radiographed and shall be found in
order. At least 50% of welded joints selected for radiography shall be field
joints.
C. Restriction Orifice
-
D. Isolation valves
Isolation valves shall be provided in such a way that not more than 4 (four)
hydrants are isolated at a time and at crossings (Junctions) to ensure easy
maintenance and uninterrupted water supply in case of break down.
Isolation valve shall also be provided below monitor and at all hydrants.
Only carbon steel valves shall be used. CS valves shall be provided with
gear operations including equalizing lines for dia 8 12 and above valve
sizes. No cast iron valves shall be used.
E. Hydrants, Monitors, Hose Reels & Hose boxes
Hydrant shall be BIS approved with following detail
Outlet
Pipe size
4" CS
Capacity
36 cum/hr
Type
Pipe size
6" CS
Capacity
144 cum/hr
FM / UL listed High Volume Long Range water cum foam monitor shall be
provided around units / tankages
Capacity
Horizontal range
80 m
DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-02
Rev. 1
Page 9 of 14
F. Landing Valve
- Double headed
- To be provided on landings of first floor and above as per design criteria.
G. Material of Construction
Material used for fire protection system shall be in accordance with TAC
requirements and client specific requirement.
Broad specifications of material are as follows:
Pipe, fittings, valves
Hose reels, hose Boxes and Accessories: (BIS) marked /TAC approved
Supply
b.
Storage capacity
Based
on
6-hour
storage
of
installed
Material of construction
d.
Make up water
e.
Emergency connection
From RW reservoir
Copyright EIL All rights reserved
DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-02
Rev. 1
Page 10 of 14
I.
a.
Capacity
b.
Type
Vertical centrifugal.
Standby pumps
d.
Drive
e.
Power
supply
to To meet the requirement of the OISD.
Electrical driven pumps
f.
g.
Mode of Operation
Starting of pumps
Stopping of pumps
h.
Fire
water
Pumps
Jockey
-Capacity
-Head
-Type
Vertical
-Stand-by
100%
-Drive
Electric (Normally)
To run on emergency power as well.
DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-02
Rev. 1
Page 11 of 14
Mode of operation
Rate of Water Application & Mode of Operation of Water Spray & Foam System
Facilities
Manual
- On pumps
Manual
Manual
- Tall column
Manual
Manual
DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-02
Rev. 1
Page 12 of 14
Transformers
Auto (Deluge
system)
Cable Cellar
Auto (Deluge
system)
NOTE:
Material of Construction
Pipes, fittings
CS.
Spray nozzles
Cu Alloy
Deluge valves
CS
Detector piping
GI.
3.3.3
-
Operation
-Manual
System type
-Semi fixed
Application time
Foam Solution
-3% foam
5 lpm/m2 of liquid surface - for fixed roof and cone cum floating roof tank
12 lpm/m2 of vapour seal area i.e. foam dam area for floating roof tanks.
8.1 lpm/m2 for roof collapse case for floating roof tanks.
Foam Compound Storage
In addition to above for crude oil storage tanks automatic actuated by Linear Heat
Detection Rim Seal Foam Protection System designed to detect and extinguish
the floating roof Rim seal fire at its incipient stage shall also be provided as laid
down in OISD 116. (The system is installed at the roof of tank and consist of
long foam line laid along the tank perimeter. The foam aspirating nozzles are
mounted on the line at an interval of 2.5 M. The premix foam is contained in a
vessel which is kept charged with nitrogen through a nitrogen cylinder. The
system is designed for minimum foam application rate of 18 LPM / M2 of rim seal
area.
Format No. EIL-1641-1924 Rev.1
DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-02
Rev. 1
Page 13 of 14
3.3.4
-
3.3.5 Deleted Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing System for control room
Clean agent fire extinguisher system shall be provided in control rooms as per
NFPA 2001. The system shall be automatic and detection and actuation shall
also meet the requirement of NFPA 2001. Initial approval shall be taken from
b.
I.S. Codes
c.
Spray system
d.
NFPA 10
e.
NFPA 12
f.
NFPA 2001
g.
OISD standards
h.
NFPA-11
i.
NFPA-13
j.
NFPA-17
k.
DOCUMENT No.
6782-00-16-47-DB-02
Rev. 1
Page 14 of 14
3.4
3.5
FIRE PROOFING
Fire proofing using vermiculite shall be provided for steel structures and
equipment supports that could collapse under fire condition and contribute to
the intensity of the fire shall be provided to meet the requirements of OISD
Standard 164 (Fire Proofing in Oil and Gas Industry).
4.0
5.0
COMMUNICATION
Refer Electrical Specifications for details.
1.0
SECTION: C-2.3
6782-380-16-48-DB-01
Rev. 1
Page 2 of 2
SECTION: C-3.1
6782-380-16-47-ID-01-B
Page 2 of 2
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
S.No.
TITLE
SPECIFICATION NO.
REV
NO. OF
SHEETS
1.
6782-380-16-47-SP-10
12
2.
11
3.
4.
6782-380-16-47-SP-13
5.
6782-380-16-47-SP-14
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-10 Rev B
Page 7 of 12
Access platforms of steel or concrete and MS rung ladders for operation (All MS
components shall have 2 coats of anticorrosive enamel paint over a coat of red oxide
zinc chromate primer).
Cooled water channel with necessary baffles shall also be provided by the contractor.
Top of the cold water channel shall be covered with pre-cast cement concrete slabs
with lifting hooks.
The screen at the outlet of the cold water channel shall be HD galvanised iron and
made up of small sections fitted with lifting hooks to facilitate section wise removal. A
suitable working platform with chain pulley block (Hot Dip Galvanised) and a monorail
(HDG) arrangement with U clamp shall be provided for removal of screens. The
effective velocity through the screen shall not be more than 0.3m/sec.No. of screens
provided shall be two, in addition one spare screen shall also be supplied. The
velocity through the channel shall not be more than 1.0m/sec. considering depth
below minimum water level.
The velocity through the sluice gates shall not be more than 1.2m/sec.
Maximum, minimum and normal operating water levels in the basin shall be clearly
indicated in the data sheets.
All design and calculations for civil works shall be submitted to the client/EIL for
approval.
The basin and channel shall be hydraulicaly tested with water upto the top level as
per clause 10 of IS:3370 (Part-I) and if any leakage or defect is noticed, the same
shall be rectified and retested at contractors own cost.
6.0
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-10 Rev B
Page 8 of 12
shall be given in the offer. Each hot water riser shall be provided with isolation gate
valve. Nozzles and splash plates shall be easily cleanable and shall be so provided
as to result into even distribution of water over the entire tower cross section.
Headers or troughs must be arranged for easy and rapid cleaning and capable of
being flushed out by means of clean-out flanges located at the terminal end of each
header.
Contractor shall provide block valves on water inlet to each cell. All flanges within the
cooling tower battery limits shall be as per ASA 150 lb.standards, flat face, slip on
type flanges.
7.0
MECHANICAL COMPONENTS
All mechanical components of the cooling tower viz fans, hubs, speed reducers, drive
shafts etc. shall be designed to withstand the corrosive and moist environment in
which these are proposed to operate for the cooling tower service. The mechanical
equipment in the cooling tower will not give vibration of more than 0.0005". The gear
boxes and fans shall be capable to take this vibration.
7.1
Fans
Fans to induce air flow through the tower shall be axial flow type, multiblade,
adjustable pitch type designed for cooling tower services. The fan blades shall be of
glass reinforced or other corrosion resistant alloy.
Tip speed of the fan shall not exceed 3600 metre / minute (12,000 ft./minute). Each
blade shall be adjustable for angle or pitch and individually fastened to a common
hub. Fan hub shall be of Hot Dip galvanised steel. Combined Noise level of fans at
rated pitch angle and speed shall not exceed 85 decibels above threshold level at a
horizontal distance of 15M from the tower.
The bolts for fixing of the fan blades on the hub shall be 1041 SAE grade.
The fan assembly shall be statically balanced.
Equipment duly calibrated for testing decibel level shall be arranged by the
contractor, at his own cost.
7.2
Gear Reducers
Speed reducing gear shall be of heavy duty, right angle, self lubricating type
designed for continuous operation under extreme conditions of heat and humidity.
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-10 Rev B
Page 9 of 12
The speed reducer shall be designed as per AGMA specifications for right angle
gears and shall have a minimum service factor of 2 at rated driven horse power.
The lubrication system shall be of simple design. Lubricating oil shall be drainable
and refillable from outside the fan rings. Oil level shall be readable from the same
point. Gear case shall be vented outside of fan ring. The slow speed shaft shall have
double oil seals.
7.3
Drive Shaft
Drive shaft connecting motor and the speed reducer shall be of hot dip galvanised
carbon steel for outdoor operation in highly humid atmosphere.
The drive shaft shall have flexible couplings on either end to absorb any
misalignment during operation, the bushes of the flexible coupling shall be of
neoprene material and bolts shall be of galvanised steel.
The entire rotor assembly including drive shaft shall be dynamically balanced.
7.4
7.5
Motor
Each fan shall be driven by a single speed, totally enclosed, fan cooled weather proof
chemical plant type, squirrel cage induction motor of class `B' insulation conforming
to relevant IS specifications. The motor shall be located outside the exhaust air
stream at the top of cooling tower and connected to the reduction gear by means of
fan drive shaft. Refer ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS for details. Motor rating shall
be min. 15% more than BKW.
7.6
Hardware
All cooling tower hardware shall be of corrosion resistant material.
All bolts, nuts and washers shall be of galvanised steel.
All nails shall be of stainless steel (SS-304).
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-10 Rev B
Page 10 of 12
The anchors for the frame work posts shall be of cast iron. Joints connector and / or
connector plates shall be of malleable iron, cast iron or galvanised steel.
No hardware shall be of copper or copper based alloy.
7.7
Lifting Devices
(i)
One set of lifting tackles complete shall be provided on top of the fan deck for
the removal of gear assembly and fan from the stack, for maintenance or
repairs.
(ii)
One set of lifting tackles (mono rail with chain pulley block) to be provided
near basin / channel for slug dosing of chemicals.
The chain pulley block, tripod and dolly if provided for this purpose shall be of hot dip
galvanised steel and the track assembly shall be of aluminium. A movable wooden
platform shall be supplied for use as access platform through the fan stack for
handling mechanical equipments.
7.8
7.9
8.0
8.1
Contractor shall be fully responsible for the complete and satisfactory supply and
erection of all portions of the cooling tower including concrete basin, channel and
ancillary structures. The contractor shall furnish the following to complete the job.
a.
All labours
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Necessary metal inserts for supporting cable trays and lightning arrestors.
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-10 Rev B
Page 11 of 12
On completion of the work, the contractor shall remove and dispose off, all rubbish
and other unsighty materials caused by his working and thereby leaving the premises
and the cooling tower in good, clean, safe and operatable condition.
Owner or his authorised representative will have the right to inspect at any stage of
manufacture and construction, all materials, components and workmanship and
testing of material. The contractor shall provide all facilities for inspection and testing
without any extra cost to the owner.
9.0
b.
c.
For wet bulb temperature +3oF(+1.67oC) and -7oC (-3.9oC) of design wet bulb
temperature.
The completed cooling tower in operation shall also be guaranteed to meet the
following requirements.
The approach shall not be greater than that specified in the cooling tower data sheet.
Motors driving the fans shall be amply sized for total BHP required including gear
losses. The power consumption for running the fan should not exceed the rated BHP.
Motors, speed reduction gears and fans shall be of adequate design and construction
and properly protected for operation in all adverse climatic conditions.
Drift losses and power consumption shall be within the guaranteed limit mentioned in
data sheets.
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-10 Rev B
Page 12 of 12
Motors and fans shall operate satisfactorily in continuous operation with no injurious
vibrations and the sound intensity shall not exceed 85 decibels above threshold level
when measured at a horizontal distance of 15M from the nearest face of the tower
and 1.5 M above ground level.
Return water header in contractors scope shall be hydraulically tested for a pressure
of 5kg/cm2.
10.0
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
a.
Contractor shall provide one spare screen to facilitate maintenance and repairs.
b.
c.
Contractor shall specify the type of resin for all G.R.P. materials. The Contractor shall
also indicate the tensile strength of GRP materials used and it shall be noted that the
materials shall be tested for strength.
Detailed design calculations for arriving at power consumption shall be submitted.
Fulkerson method shall be used for contour flow towers & KELLY method for cross
flow tower.
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-11 Rev B
Page 5 of 9
5.0
5.1
Cooling System
5.1.1 Cooling system for storage tanks shall consist of medium velocity water spray nozzles
mounted on cooling ring around the tank for shell side cooling and revolving head at the
roof of tank to cool the roof portion. Cooling system of each tank shall be connected to
fire water ring main on roadside through two supply headers. The two supply headers
shall preferably be located in such a way that they are connected to different sections of
the ring main. Each supply header shall be sized for 100% flow requirement of the
Tank. An Isolation valve shall be provided on each supply header near fire water ring
main. Pressure available in fire water ring main at header tapping points shall be
considered at 7.0 kg/cm2 for design purposes. The flow velocity in the pipes shall be as
per TAC requirements.
5.1.2 In case of floating roof tanks the cooling ring shall be located about 1.0M below the top
wind girder. Where more than one wind girders are envisaged, the location of the
cooling ring shall be decided as per table in clause no. 5.3.1. All wind girders except the
top one shall be provided with deflector plate to channelise the water along the shell.
In case of cone and floating-cum-cone roof tanks the cooling ring shall be provided at
the highest possible location on tank shell to provide maximum coverage to the tank
shell. Where more than one wind girders are envisaged, the location of cooler ring shall
be decided as per table in clause no. 5.3.1. All wind girders shall be provided with
deflector plates to channelise the water along the shell.
5.1.3 To cool the roof portion of cone and floating cum-cone roof tanks a revolving (sprinkler)
head conforming to IS:906 shall be provided. The branch feeding the revolving head
shall be connected to the same supply header which is feeding to cooling ring.
5.1.4 Minimum pipe size shall be restricted to Dia 80mm.
5.2
5.2.1 Semi fixed foam system for storage tanks shall consist of foam makers mounted on
tank shell at top. Each foam maker shall be connected with an independent foam
supply dry piping which shall be extended to the roadside. Protein based foam solution
with 3-6% proportion shall be pumped into foam lines at a pressure of 7.0 kg/cm2 from a
mobile foam tender.
Format No. EIL 1641-1924 Rev. 1
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-11 Rev B
Page 6 of 9
5.2.2 Foam makers for cone and floating cum cone roof tanks shall be provided with vapour
seal chambers to prevent escape of hydrocarbon vapours through dry foam piping to
the roadside.
5.2.3 Suitable foam deflectors shall be provided inside tank shell on foam outlets to guide the
foam smoothly along the tank shell. Platform and approach ladder from rooftop shall be
provided for each foam maker for maintenance and testing work.
5.3
Hydraulic Design
The design requirements of water spray and foam system are indicated in Annexure A.
and hydraulic design shall be performed using PIPENET or equivalent software.
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-11 Rev B
Page 7 of 9
TABLE NO-1
(FOR FLOW OF WATER AND NO. OF RINGS)
Detail of
Tanks
No. of Rings
%Flow
of water
Height> 10.0M
< 15M
Height> 15.0M
< 20.0M
One
Two
100%
Ist Ring
30%
2nd Ring
70%
Ist Ring
25%
2nd Ring
25%
One
Revolvi
ng
Head +
2 Rings
One
Revolvi
ng
Head +
3 Rings
100%
At top of Tank
Revolving
Head
Ist Ring
25%
At top of Tank
25%
2nd Ring
50%
Revolving
25%
Ist Ring
20%
2nd Ring
20%
3rd Ring
35%
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-11 Rev B
Page 8 of 9
The spray nozzles shall be so selected that their individual spray pattern shall at least
meet each other without leaving any portion of tank shell unwet and shall provided
uniform cooling. A minimum overlap of 400mm between two nozzles shall be provided.
5.4
5.4.1 All equipment and materials in contractor's scope for fire protection systems shall be as
per specifications and drawings.
5.4.2 The details and material specs of foam makers, vapour seal chambers, spray nozzles,
revolving sprinkler head, foam coupling, pipes and fittings shall be submitted to
Owner/EIL for approval before placing the order on sub vendors. Various fire fighting
equipments shall have either BIS certification mark wherever applicable or shall be TAC
approved.
6.0
ERECTION:
Fabrication and erection of piping shall be done as per the approved detailed drawings
and enclosed specifications with following specifications with following specific
requirements:
6.1
Foam Piping at grade level shall be sloped towards the drain valves at all the lowest
elevations.
6.2
Drain valve assembly shall be provided at low points in the dry piping system. Suitable
strainers shall be provided in cooling water headers.
6.3
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-11 Rev B
Page 9 of 9
Suitable guides shall be provided on the piping wherever required to keep the pipes in
position.
6.4
Vendor shall design, fabricate and provide all pipe supports on tankages. Pipe sleepers
for grade level piping (sleeper height upto 500mm above finished grade level) shall be
as per EIL standard drg. enclosed. In case where the sleeper height is more than 500,
special structural supports shall be designed and provided by the Contractor.
6.5
The portion of piping passing through dykes shall be coated as per EIL standard
specification and encased in M20 concrete 100mm thick all around. The pipe shall be
embedded in the dyke to make it water tight. The dyke shall be cut to lay the pipes and
dyke made good after laying the pipes.
6.6
10% of all the welded joints shall be radiographically tested and half the joints
radiographed shall be field joints.
7.0
7.1
The complete piping shall be tested to a hydrostatic test pressure of one and a half
times the working pressure for a period of 2 Hrs.
7.2
Commissioning
The complete cooling and foam system shall be tested for satisfactory performance as
per design requirements by the contractor. Any modification required for achieving such
performance shall be done by the contractor without any extra cost.
(Owner shall
arrange for necessary water and foam solution required for performance testing of the
system).
The system shall be deemed to be complete after the above tests are
8.0
PAINTING
8.1
After hydraulic testing of the system all exposed steel piping, equipment, fixtures and
supports shall be painted with two coats of fire red paint over a coat of primer
conforming to shade No.536 of IS:5 as per shop and field painting specification
attached in the bid.
8.2
9.0
CIVIL WORKS
All civil works shall be done as per relevant IS codes and good engg. practice.
2.2.4
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-12 Rev A
Page 4 of 6
2.2.5
Spray Nozzles:
High Velocity Water spray nozzles shall have discharge pattern as 90-100 degree
angle uniform full cone spray pattern and shall be provided as per attached EIL
specification for nozzles. The nozzle placing shall conform to the requirements of
Rules for Water Spray System. Nozzles on the rings shall be located at not less
than 500mm and not more than 800mm from the Transformer surface.
2.2.6
Detection System:
The detection system for transformers shall confirm to cl. 3.2.4 of Rules for Water
Spray System. QBD on air line shall be provided for detection of fire.
2.2.7
Supporting of Pipes:
Piping shall be individually supported as far as possible. In no case, shall the piping
be supported on the body of the Transformer. Terminal pipes longer than 300mm
shall be supported separately.
2.2.8
A33A (A/G)
A94A (U/G)
Detection Piping:
J2A
All A/G fire water spray pipes shall be painted Fire Red confirming shade no.536 as
per IS:5.
Corrosion protection tape coating shall be provided on all U/G pipes as per attached
specification.
Break up flanges shall be provided in spray piping for easy removal during
maintenance of transformers.
2.2.9
Radiography
10% of welded joints shall be radiographed out of which 50% shall be field joints
2.3
CABLE CELLARS
2.3.1
General:
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-12 Rev A
Page 5 of 6
Cable cellars shall be protected by Medium Velocity water spray system. The control
shall be manual, local and remote from control room. Necessary drainage
arrangement shall be provided in cable cellar room for drainage of sprayed water.
The detection shall be through smoke detection system (smoke detection system
refer elsewhere in bid document).
The system shall be designed completely as per Rules for Water Spray System
(published by TAC) and OISD-173. Each cable cellar shall be provided with suitable
no. of segments. Each segment shall be provided with isolation valves, Deluge valve
assembly, by pass valve strainers, drain valves, high velocity spray nozzles etc. In
case of fire all the segment of a particular cable cellar shall operate simultaneously.
Suitable interface shall be incorporated for simultaneous operation of all segments.
2.3.2
System Design:
System shall be designed by using Pipenet or internationally recognized equivalent
software conforming to Rules for Water Spray System (published by TAC) and
OISD-173.
2.3.3
Hydraulic Specification:
12.2 LPM/ M2 (Minimum) of the exposed area of the cable
racks.
Minimum Pressure: 2.8 Bars
(At the hydraulically most remote Nozzles)
Maximum Pressure: 3.5 Bars (for any Nozzle)
Maximum Velocity in the Feed Pipe: 10 M/second
Application Rate:
2.3.4
2.3.5
Spray Nozzles:
Medium Velocity Water spray nozzles shall be provided as per attached EIL
specification for nozzles. The nozzle placing shall conform to the requirements of
Rules for Water Spray System. Nozzle/ pipe spacing shall be as per Cl. 4.8.4 of
Rules for Water Spray System.
2.3.6
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-12 Rev A
Page 6 of 6
Detection System:
The detection system for cable cellar shall confirm to cl. 4.8.7 of Rules for Water
Spray System.
2.3.7
Supporting of Pipes:
Piping shall be supported as per guidelines of Rules for Water Spray System by the
contractor.
2.3.8
A33A (A/G)
A94A (U/G)
Radiography
10% of welded joints shall be radiographed out of which 50% shall be field joints
3.0
10.2
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-13 Rev. A
Page 5 of 9
button for discharge of CO2, in each protected area (after audit alarm and 30 seconds
time delay) shall be provided near exit of the room.
Sign boards, caution boards, illumination board, alarm, given as per requirements of
NFPA- 12 shall be provided in and around building protected with CO2 system.
11.0
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
11.1
11.2
Material for cylinder body, valve, nozzle shall conform to clause 5 of IS:287. CO2 gas
quality shall conform to IS:307.
All piping, spray nozzle shall be as per NFPA-12.
12.0
STATUTORY APPROVAL
Approval from Chief Controller of Explosives for CO2 system for handling, storage,
disposal shall be taken by contractor.
13.0
13.1
Every CO2 cylinder shall be made and tested, approved, equipped and marked in
accordance with IS:2878
13.2
13.3
Each cylinder shall be clearly and permanently marked with the following information:
a. Manufacturers name and trade mark.
b. Year of manufacture.
c. Cylinder marking as per IS:2872
14.0
PAINTING
Painting and colouring of pipelines, nozzles, CO2 cylinders, supports, etc. shall be
done as per standard practice including supply of all paints and consumables and
other items required for carrying out painting and colouring.
15.0
SPARES
15.1
The bid must include in the quoted price, the mandatory spares to be supplied with the
CO2 system.
15.2
In addition to the above spares, vendor shall recommend the list of spares required for
two years trouble free operation with unit rates and quantity along with the offer.
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-13 Rev. A
Page 6 of 9
Type of system
2.0
:
:
3.0
:
:
C
C
3.1
3.1.1
Design Concentration
Amount of gas required.
(Attach separate sheet, if required).
(List out gas supplied, number of cylinders
etc. for working and standby requirements,
risk wise.)
:
3.2
3.3
a)
Manufacturer
b)
Design Code
c)
Capacity in litres
d)
e)
f)
g)
Approved by PESO
YES
h)
i)
j)
Pipes
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-13 Rev. A
Page 7 of 9
ii.
Fittings
iii.
Valves
Pipes
As per spec
ii.
Fittings
As per spec
iii. Valves
As per spec
As per NFPA
ii. Fittings
As per NFPA
iii. Valves
As per NFPA
As per NFPA
As per NFPA
c) Design Code
i.
d)
Pipes
Type of joints
e)
f)
Discharge Nozzles
i.
3.4
3.5
Operating Devices
3.5.1
ii.
Manufacturer
iii.
iv.
Overall dimensions
Manufacturer
3.5.2
Control Cables
i.
3.6
Page 8 of 9
ii.
Code/ Standard
iii.
Type
iv.
Size
v.
Rating
ii.
Mounting Detail
iii.
Number of entries
iv.
Sheet Thickness
v.
Cable Entry
vi.
vii.
3.6.1
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-13 Rev. A
c)
d)
g)
i)
ii) Reset
l)
m) Painting (External/Internal)
5.0
6.0
Page 9 of 9
i) Alarm
j)
4.0
SPECIFICATION NO.
6782-380-16-47-SP-13 Rev. A
Non-destructive operational
tests for all devices included.
SPECIFICATION No.
6782-380-16-47-SP-14 Rev. A
Page 4 of 7
Aggregates
The approximate quantity of aggregates required for 10 m2 of area of bituminous macadam
shall be 0.60 to 0.75 m3 for compacted thickness of 50mm.
3.2.2
Binder
3.2.2.1 Premixing
The bituminous binder required for premixing of bituminous macadam shall be at the rate
specified depending on the gradation of the aggregates. The upper limit may be raised when
absorptive type of aggregates are used, and the exact rate shall be specified by the Engineerin-Charge.
3.2.2.2 Tack Coat
The bitumen shall be heated in asphalt boilers to 1770 - 1880 C and shall be spread uniformly
at the rate of 1 kg/ m2 by means of sprayers. The applied binder shall be evenly brushed.
The tack coat shall be applied just ahead, keeping pace with laying of premix carpet.
3.2.3
Construction Methods
SPECIFICATION No.
6782-380-16-47-SP-14 Rev. A
Page 5 of 7
4.0
4.1
Material
4.1.1
Coarse aggregate
The aggregate shall consist of crushed stones of clean, hard, tough, durable rock of uniform
quality and shall be clean, free from excess of dust, flat or elongated pieces, soft or
disintegrated stone, clay or other deleterious matter. The size of aggregate shall be as
mentioned in the schedule of quantities.
4.1.2
Sand
The sand shall consist of clean, hard, durable, uncoated, coarse dry particles and shall be free
from injurious amounts of dust, soft or flaky particles, organic matter or other deleterious
substances.
4.1.3
Binder
The binder shall be bitumen of penetration 80/100 conforming to IS: 73. The bitumen shall be
collected on road side drums. Any leaking or damaged drum shall not be accepted.
4.2
Coarse Aggregate
12mm and down size
3.5m3
2)
Bitumen 80/100
185 kg
68.3 kg
3)
Coarse sand as
sealing compound
0.6m3
4.3
Laying
4.3.1
4.3.2
If pot holes or ruts are found on the existing road surface, these irregularities must be filled in
with premix chippings and well rammed about a week before the carpet is laid.
4.4
Tack Coat
4.4.1
The bitumen shall be heated in asphalt boilers to 1770 - 1880 C and shall be spread uniformly
at the rate of 1 kg/ m2 by means of sprayers. The applied binder shall be evenly brushed.
4.4.2
The tack coat shall be applied just ahead, keeping pace with laying of premix carpet.
SPECIFICATION No.
6782-380-16-47-SP-14 Rev. A
Page 6 of 7
4.5
Preparation of Premix
4.5.1
Mechanical mixers shall be generally used for preparation of premix. Improvised hand mixing
drums may be used, if permitted by the Engineer-in-charge.
4.5.2
Stone chippings of specified size shall be thoroughly mixed dry in the mixer at the rate
indicated above. Binder heated at temperature suitable for the grade of bitumen is added to the
mixer drum at the specified rate per 100m3 of surface and thoroughly mixed till the stone
chips are completely coated with the binder.
4.5.3
The premix shall be emptied on to wheel barrows or stretchers and carried to work site.
4.6
Spreading of Premix
Immediately after applying the tack coat, the premix shall be spread with rakes to the required
thickness and distributed evenly by means of a drag spreader. The camber shall be checked by
means of camber board and the unevenness shall be rectified.
4.7
Rolling
4.7.1
When the premix has been laid for a length of 15-20 meters, rolling shall be commenced with
tandem rollers (8 to 10 tonnes). Rolling should commence from edges and proceed towards
centre longitudinally.
4.7.2
The wheels of roller shall be continuously moistened to prevent the premix adhering to the
wheels and being picked up.
4.7.3
After the preliminary rolling and honeycombing, high spot or depressions shall be rectified by
adding or removing the premix as per requirements and the surface shall be rolled again to
compaction. Camber shall be checked at every stage and any defects found shall be rectified.
Excessive rolling shall be avoided.
4.8
4.8.1
A premix seal coat, mix preferably in a mechanical mixer after heating the sand should be
applied immediately after laying the carpet and rolled. Materials required for this seal coat are
as per clause 4.
4.8.2
A liquid seal coat, preferably with chippings as above (though coarse sand can also be used)
should be applied after laying the carpet. The binder after being heated to permitted
temperature, should be applied to the cleaned surface, blinded with chippings and rolled.
Traffic may be allowed on the road preferably 24 hours after providing the seal coat.
5.0
SPECIFICATION No.
6782-380-16-47-SP-14 Rev. A
Page 7 of 7
PAYMENT *
Payment shall be made on sq.m. basis of finished surface including all labour & materials as
per above specifications.
6.0
6.1
Surplus earth and soil from excavation shall be removed from construction area to the area
demarcated by the Engineer-in-Charge.
6.2
Payment shall be made only for lead beyond initial 50m from construction areas. Rate shall
include loading, transportation, dumping, stacking the surplus earth and soil in the area
demarcated. Payment shall be made on cubic meter basis by measurement of number of
trucks.
Document No.
6782-9-2554-DB-01
Rev. No.0
Page 2 of 3
0.70
0.5
0.60
1.0
2.0
0.50
3.0
0.40
4.0
5.0
0.30
7.0
0.20
0.10
0.00
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
0.5
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
7.0
0.085
0.353
0.561
0.572
0.577
0.573
0.566
0.505
0.438
0.369
0.268
0.204
0.164
0.134
0.116
0.098
0.089
0.073
0.062
0.057
0.085
0.309
0.460
0.473
0.478
0.475
0.470
0.424
0.373
0.321
0.238
0.184
0.149
0.124
0.107
0.092
0.084
0.069
0.060
0.055
0.085
0.219
0.259
0.274
0.280
0.279
0.278
0.263
0.243
0.224
0.177
0.144
0.119
0.104
0.090
0.080
0.074
0.060
0.055
0.050
0.085
0.205
0.237
0.249
0.253
0.252
0.251
0.237
0.216
0.197
0.160
0.132
0.110
0.096
0.083
0.073
0.068
0.056
0.050
0.046
0.085
0.192
0.216
0.224
0.226
0.226
0.225
0.210
0.188
0.171
0.142
0.120
0.100
0.088
0.076
0.066
0.062
0.052
0.046
0.043
0.085
0.178
0.194
0.199
0.199
0.199
0.199
0.184
0.161
0.144
0.124
0.107
0.091
0.080
0.070
0.060
0.056
0.049
0.042
0.040
0.085
0.163
0.178
0.182
0.183
0.183
0.183
0.170
0.149
0.134
0.114
0.098
0.082
0.072
0.062
0.054
0.049
0.044
0.039
0.037
The spectral acceleration values for periods greater than 3.0 seconds may be considered
same as that for 3.0 seconds.
Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2 Rev. 1
Document No.
6782-9-2554-DB-01
Rev. No.0
Page 3 of 3
NOTE :
1. Categorization of structures shall be as per IS 1893 (Part 4). Structures in Category 1
shall be designed for seismic forces calculated from maximum considered earthquake
MCE (which is twice the forces calculated from DBE). Structures in Category 2,3 and 4
shall be designed for seismic forces from DBE.
2. For methodology of calculation of seismic forces and other seismic design criteria, refer
latest revisions of the following codes:
IS 1893 (Part 1) : General provisions and buildings
IS 1893 (Part 4) : Industrial structures including stack-like structures
3. Values of R for elements not covered in IS 1893 may be taken same as in NEHRP1
provisions according to which R is 1.5, 2.5 and 3.5 for low, limited and high deformable
structures respectively. In general R=2.5 for boilers, furnaces and piping systems. For
flat bottomed, ground supported steel tanks or vessels which are mechanically
anchored, R may be taken as 3.0 and if the same kind of tanks are self anchored R may
be taken as 2.5.
4. Z/2 factor shall be considered as unity. In other words, zone factor shall not be
considered when using site specific spectra.
REFERENCES
1.
NEHRP :
National Earthquake Hazards Reduction Program - Recommended
provisions for seismic regulations for new buildings and other structures : Part 1 Provisions, Building Seismic Safety Council, FEMA 368, 2001, National Institute of
Building Sciences, Washington, DC
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 37 of 73
Testing of the bricks shall be done as per IS:5454 and IS:3495. Water absorption shall
not be more than 20% by its dry weight when soaked in cold water for 24 hours.
Locally available bricks of non modular size (230x115x75mm) in place of bricks of
modular size (190x90x90mm) can be used in case the bricks satisfy the other
requirements of IS:1077 (corresponding class as defined above).
5.8
Stone
5.8.1
General
All Stones used for masonry works shall conform to the requirements of following BIS
codes.
5.8.2
IS:1123
IS:1127
IS:1129
Quality of Stones
Stones shall be hard, dense, strong, sound, durable, clean and uniform in colour. They
shall also be free from veins, adherent coatings, injurious amounts of alkalies,
vegetable matters and other deleterious substances such as iron pyrites, coal, lignite,
mica, sea shells etc. As far as possible stones from one single quarry shall be used for
anyone work. The strength of stones should be adequate to carry the imposed load
and shall meet all the requirements of IS:1905, taking into account the appropriate
crushing strength of stone and type of the mortar used. The percentage of water
absorption, when tested in accordance with IS:1124, shall not exceed 5 percent.
The length of the stone shall not exceed 3 times the height. Width of stone on base
shall not be less than 150mm and in no case exceed 3/4 th thickness of the wall.
Height of the stone shall not be more than 300mm.
5.9
Admixtures
5.9.1
All concrete admixtures shall comply with the following Indian standards:
Specification for integral cement water proofing compounds.
IS:2645
IS:9103
No admixture shall impair the durability of the concrete nor combine with the
ingredients to form harmful compounds nor increase the risk of corrosion of
reinforcement. Use of admixtures shall not reduce the dry density of concrete.
Once the proportion of admixtures have been established, strict check shall be
maintained not to alter the proportions of ingredients and water-cement ratio of
the Design Mix during execution.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
5.9.2
Page 38 of 73
The permeability of the specimen with the admixture shall be less than half of
the permeability with a similar specimen without the use of these compounds.
These compounds shall be used in such proportion as recommended by
manufacturer but in no case it shall exceed 3% by weight of cement.
The initial setting time of the cement with the use of these compounds shall not
be less than 30 minutes and final setting time shall not be more than 10 hours.
Tests shall be carried out in accordance with IS:4031.
5.10
5.10.1
PVC water bars shall be used in reinforced concrete construction of liquid retaining
structures or any other structure to safeguard them from hydrostatic pressure and
water leakage and any relative movement between two parts of the structure due to
thermal loading shrinkage or differential movement of foundations. These shall be
preformed and shall provide a permanent water tight seal along the entire joint in the
poured concrete structures. These shall also be flexible enough to withstand deflection/
displacements at joints arising due to variation of temperatures or settlement of
foundations.
5.10.2
Performance requirements of PVC water bars shall meet the requirements of IS:12200.
These shall be of an approved make and of ribbed/serrated/plane type with a bulb at
the centre. The thickness and width of water bars shall in no case be less than 5mm
and 150mm respectively. However, for concrete sections greater than 300mm thick,
the width of water bars shall not be less than 230mm.
5.11
Bitumen/bituminous Materials
Bitumen to be used for various types of work shall meet all the requirements of
relevant BIS codes as given below:
Specification of Paving Bitumen.
IS:73
IS:1195
Specification for Bitumen felts for water proofing and damp proofing. IS:1322
Specification for Bituminous compounds for water proofing
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 39 of 73
IS:1834
IS:1838
IS:3037
IS:3384
IS:5871
Specification for Glass fibre base coal tar pitch & bitumen felts
IS:7193
IS:7198
IS:8374
PVC Pipes
PVC Pipes shall conform to the requirements of IS:4985.
5.13
Wood/timber
5.13.1
Wood recommended for platforms of cold vessels or below cold vessels/ exchangers
shall be hard and shall be of group A, grade I, and shall have safe permissible stress of
2
7N/mm in compression, perpendicular to grains on outside location as per IS:883.
General characteristics like durability, treatability etc. shall conform to IS:883 and
IS:3629.
5.13.2
Timber required to be used for form work shall be fairly dry before use. It should
maintain its shape during the use and even when it comes into contact with moisture
from the concrete. Storage of Wood/Timber shall be as per the requirements of
IS:4082.
For proper identification and selection of suitable timber for form work, following codes
shall be referred.
Classification of commercial timbers and their zonal distribution
IS:399
IS:3337
IS:4990
5.14
Anti-termite Compounds
5.14.1
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 40 of 73
5.15
Polysulphide Sealants
5.15.1
All Polysulphide Sealants shall conform to IS:12118. Test conditions and requirements
shall be as given in the above referred BIS code.
6.0
CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
6.1
Construction
6.1.1
All concrete works shall be carried out as per the provisions of IS:456, IS:3370,
IS:2974 and other relevant BIS Codes. Concrete mix proportioning and design mix;
sampling and strength test of concrete, production and control of concrete, tolerances
and placing of reinforcement and for cover; transporting, placing, compacting and
curing etc, inspection and testing of structure (including requirement of non-destructive
testing) shall be as specified in IS:456.
6.1.2
6.1.3
The damp proof course shall be laid in two layers of equal thickness and each layer
given two coats of hot bitumen on top (grade A90/S90 conforming to IS:73) at the rate
of 1.7 kg/m2. Dry sharp sand shall be sprinkled evenly over the top layer of bitumen
before hardening.
6.1.4
Form work and stripping of form work shall be as per the provisions of IS:456.
6.1.5
6.1.6
Fabrication of all structural steel works shall be carried out as per the provisions of
IS:800/801/802/806 and other relevant BIS codes. Fabrication shall include cleaning,
straightening, cutting, bending, holding, bolting, welding, machining, painting, marking,
assembling, erecting, inspecting and testing etc. Welding procedure and welder
qualification shall be as per IS:800 and/or referenced BIS codes only.
6.1.7
Erection of all structural steel works including supply of plant & equipment, storing and
handling, setting out, field connections, field welding and security during erection shall
conform to IS:800/801/802/806.
6.1.8
All masonry works shall be carried out as per the provisions of IS:1597/2212/4326 and
other relevant BIS codes.
6.1.9
The limits of dimensional tolerances for all works shall be as given below:
For Plain and Reinforced Cement Concrete Structures:
(a)
(b)
(i)
Dimensions in plan
- 6mm to +12mm
-12mm to +50mm
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 69 of 73
All the fixtures shall be fixed to the wall at identified locations with wooden cleats
and CP Brass screws including cutting walls, making good the same etc. complete.
(E)
(F)
1.2.9
Panel Carriers:-
These shall be roll- formed out of coated steel/ 0.95mm thick aluminium alloy;
32mm wide and 39mm deep with cut-outs to hold panels in a module of 90mm/
100mm; all complete as per manufacturers standard details and specifications.
When two or more carriers are to be joined, they shall be joined together by means
of carrier splices which will clip on to holes in the sides of the carriers and hold
them firmly in place while maintaining the required module. The carriers shall be
suspended from roof by 4mm dia. galvanised steel wire rod hangers, with height
adjustment springs of stainless steel. Hangers shall be fixed to roof by J hooks
and nylon inserts. Edge profiles shall be L shaped roll- formed out of 0.6mm
aluminium alloy with coating.
(b)
Panels:-
Panels shall be 84mm wide, 16mm deep, roll formed out of 0.5mm aluminium alloy
5050 or 3005. The aluminium panels shall be chromatised and stove enamelled
(coil coated) on both sides in approved shade. Panels shall be factory cut in
lengths upto 5 metres to suit site dimensions. As per air- conditioning requirements,
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 70 of 73
for return air, (wherever required) perforated panels shall be used, which shall have
2mm dia holes at 5mm centre to centre staggered in uniform pattern and
symmetrically located in the middle of the panel face.
The ceiling shall be erected in continuous manner as per approved manufacturers
recommendations, specifications etc. The false ceiling shall have perfect levels,
linearity etc. as required. Necessary cut outs for Electrical, AC and other fixtures
shall be provided as per drawing and in co- ordination with relevant construction
activities.
(B)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Pedestal base plate made of galvanised Mild steel and shall be of 100 mm
x 100mm size and 8mm thick.
Pedestal stud 30 mm dia made of galvanised mild steel seamless pipe and
having threads at top and bottom for attaching the top head attachment and
fixing to base plate.
Top head attachments made of pressure die cast aluminium alloy of shape
and thickness as per drawing; and shall be provided with check nuts at
bottom portion for attaching the top head threads in the stud allowing for
adjustment upto 25mm up & down.
Channel stringers made of galvanised, machine cut, cold rolled mild steel
channels of size 40 mm x 40 mm and 3.15 mm thickness.
Floor panels of size 610 mm x 610 mm in general and of 35 mm thickness;
made of unveneered, 3 layer flat pressed, teakwood particle board
(conforming to IS :3087 bonded with BWP type phenol formaldehyde
synthetic resin conforming IS: 848 and categorised as class-I for `Surfaces
of very low flame spread' as per IS-1642); finished on the underneath side
with 0.05mm thick Aluminium foil turned up and extended by minimum
12mm along the perimeter; finished on top with 2mm thick high pressure
laminate and along four sides with hard PVC lipping as per drawing. 12mm
x 12mm x 75mm long, 2mm thick Aluminium channel cleats shall be
provided on middle of four sides of the panels for lateral stability.
False flooring pattern shall be as per approved drawing. Pedestal base plates
shall be fixed to the base floor by 6mm dia, 40mm long dash fasteners as per
the grid.
The pedestal stud locations shall ensure the grid work as per flooring pattern
which in general shall be of 610 mm x 610 mm dimension. The length of the
pedestal studs shall be such that clear cavity between false flooring and base
flooring is of desired depth.
The top head attachments shall be inserted into the studs and shall be adjusted
to obtain proper level of the finished floor panels by means of the adjustment
nuts.
Stringer channels then shall be fitted onto the top heads in position to form the
supporting grid work for the floor panels checking the level once again by
adjusting the nut position if necessary. Now the check nut shall be finally
tightened to secure the final level. Floor panels as specified shall be placed
over the stringer channels.
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 71 of 73
Each floor panel shall be marked with positional numbering on the underneath.
The finished floor panels shall be perfectly leveled, aligned without any gaps in
between the panels.
Each individual panel shall be removable maintenance purpose.
Necessary cut-outs shall be made in the panels for cable routing, control panel
fixation etc. as per drawing.
Necessary ramps, slopes, steps etc. shall be also provided for as per drawing.
Around a control panel/ rack, the residual space left out shall be filled up with
cut panels of uniform size as required to fully close the gap between the
adjacent full panel and the control panel base channel. In this case the part
floor panel shall extend upto the full width of the base channel and the cut size
shall be determined accordingly. An additional row of jack pedestals shall be
provided along the cut out on which the edge of the floor panel shall rest and
over which the base channel of control panel shall be placed. It shall not
directly rest on the jack head pedestal or grid channels.
The cavity between false flooring and base floor shall be properly cleaned and
made dust free. The floor shall be finally coated with polyurethane based
coating
The finished false flooring shall be able to serve for a distributed load of 1250
kg/Sq.M.
(C)
Underdeck Insulation
a)
Phenolic Foam Underdeck Insulation:Phenolic Foam Underdeck insulation shall be of rigid slab of 25mm
thickness and approx. 1000mm x 500mm size as specified and shall
conform to IS: 13204. It shall have density of 32 kg /Cu. Mtr. and K Value of
0.034 w/mk at 53 deg. mean temperature. The insulation shall be classified
as ` Non Combustible ' as per BS 476, part 5 and >Class I= for surface
spread of flame as per BS 476 ,part 7. It shall be prelaminated on both
sides with kraft paper.
The entire soffit of slab and beams shall be thoroughly cleaned. Bituminous
primer or zinc chromate primer shall be applied evenly @ 0.5 kg/m2 over the
entire surface. Hot bitumen or CPRX adhesive shall then be applied on the
insulation panel @ 1.5 kg/Sq.M. The panels shall be pressed in position
and further secured by dash fasteners.
The underdeck insulation shall be fixed only after all fixtures like hooks,
clamps, cleats etc. for light fixtures, ducts etc. have been fixed in the ceiling.
b)
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 72 of 73
(B)
Cinder Filling
All the sunk R.C.C slabs shall be provided with cinder filling comprising of:-
(C)
(a)
Plastering the R.C.C. slab top, sides etc. with 18mm thick cement plaster
1:6 (1 cement: 6 sand by volume) mixed with approved waterproof
compound @3% of cement by weight and finishing with a floating coat of
neat cement slurry @ 2.75 kg. per sq. Mtr, finishing, curing etc. The work
includes preparation of base surface as described in Plastering item.
(b)
Filling with Cinder concrete 1:10 (1 cement : 10 cinder of 12mm and down
grade) including consolidating, finishing, curing etc. complete.
The surfaces over which it is to be applied shall be totally dried and cleaned
of all dirt, oils, mortar droppings, all loose material etc. by vigorous wire
brushing and wherever necessary by grinding and blast cleaning (sand or
water).
JOB SPECIFICATIONS
STRUCTURAL& ARCHITECTURAL
6782-380-16-48-JS-01-Rev. A
Page 73 of 73
(b)
(c)
(d)
Silicon sealant shall be applied by means of cartridge- type caul gun, either
hand or air pressure activated. The sealant shall be applied in a continuous
operation, horizontally in one direction and vertically from bottom to top of
joint opening. The sealant shall be applied in excess so that a positive
pressure adequate to properly fill and seal the joint is created. The sealant
shall be struck with light pressure to spread the material against the back up
material and the joint surfaces properly. The sealant shall be tooled to
slightly conclave surface. As the work progresses, the excessive sealant
shall be removed. The masking tape shall be removed immediately after
tooling. The sealant shall be cured as per approved manufacturers
recommendations.